Home | History | Annotate | Line # | Download | only in bfd
elf32-cris.c revision 1.1.1.3
      1      1.1     skrll /* CRIS-specific support for 32-bit ELF.
      2  1.1.1.2  christos    Copyright 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009,
      3  1.1.1.3  christos    2010, 2011, 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
      4      1.1     skrll    Contributed by Axis Communications AB.
      5      1.1     skrll    Written by Hans-Peter Nilsson, based on elf32-fr30.c
      6      1.1     skrll    PIC and shlib bits based primarily on elf32-m68k.c and elf32-i386.c.
      7      1.1     skrll 
      8      1.1     skrll    This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
      9      1.1     skrll 
     10      1.1     skrll    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
     11      1.1     skrll    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
     12      1.1     skrll    the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
     13      1.1     skrll    (at your option) any later version.
     14      1.1     skrll 
     15      1.1     skrll    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
     16      1.1     skrll    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
     17      1.1     skrll    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
     18      1.1     skrll    GNU General Public License for more details.
     19      1.1     skrll 
     20      1.1     skrll    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
     21      1.1     skrll    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
     22      1.1     skrll    Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
     23      1.1     skrll    MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
     24      1.1     skrll 
     25      1.1     skrll #include "sysdep.h"
     26      1.1     skrll #include "bfd.h"
     27      1.1     skrll #include "libbfd.h"
     28      1.1     skrll #include "elf-bfd.h"
     29      1.1     skrll #include "elf/cris.h"
     30  1.1.1.2  christos #include <limits.h>
     31      1.1     skrll 
     32  1.1.1.3  christos bfd_reloc_status_type
     33  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_pcrel_reloc (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *,
     34  1.1.1.3  christos 		      asection *, bfd *, char **);
     35  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
     36  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *, unsigned long);
     37      1.1     skrll 
     38  1.1.1.3  christos /* Forward declarations.  */
     39      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type cris_elf_howto_table [] =
     40      1.1     skrll {
     41      1.1     skrll   /* This reloc does nothing.  */
     42      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_NONE,		/* type */
     43      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     44      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     45      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     46      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     47      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     48      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     49      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     50      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_NONE",		/* name */
     51      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     52      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
     53      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
     54      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
     55      1.1     skrll 
     56      1.1     skrll   /* An 8 bit absolute relocation.  */
     57      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_8,		/* type */
     58      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     59      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     60      1.1     skrll 	 8,			/* bitsize */
     61      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     62      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     63      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     64      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     65      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_8",		/* name */
     66      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     67      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000,		/* src_mask */
     68      1.1     skrll 	 0x00ff,		/* dst_mask */
     69      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
     70      1.1     skrll 
     71      1.1     skrll   /* A 16 bit absolute relocation.  */
     72      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16,		/* type */
     73      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     74      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     75      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
     76      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     77      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     78      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
     79      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
     80      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16",		/* name */
     81      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
     82      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
     83      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
     84      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
     85      1.1     skrll 
     86      1.1     skrll   /* A 32 bit absolute relocation.  */
     87      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32,		/* type */
     88      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
     89      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
     90      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
     91      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
     92      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
     93      1.1     skrll 	 /* We don't want overflow complaints for 64-bit vma builds
     94      1.1     skrll 	    for e.g. sym+0x40000000 (or actually sym-0xc0000000 in
     95      1.1     skrll 	    32-bit ELF) where sym=0xc0001234.
     96      1.1     skrll 	    Don't do this for the PIC relocs, as we don't expect to
     97      1.1     skrll 	    see them with large offsets.  */
     98      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
     99      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    100      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32",		/* name */
    101      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    102      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    103      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    104      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    105      1.1     skrll 
    106      1.1     skrll   /* An 8 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    107      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_8_PCREL,	/* type */
    108      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    109      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    110      1.1     skrll 	 8,			/* bitsize */
    111      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    112      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    113      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    114      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    115      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_8_PCREL",	/* name */
    116      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    117      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000,		/* src_mask */
    118      1.1     skrll 	 0x00ff,		/* dst_mask */
    119      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    120      1.1     skrll 
    121      1.1     skrll   /* A 16 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    122      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_PCREL,	/* type */
    123      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    124      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    125      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    126      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    127      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    128      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    129      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    130      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_PCREL",	/* name */
    131      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    132      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    133      1.1     skrll 	 0x0000ffff,		/* dst_mask */
    134      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    135      1.1     skrll 
    136      1.1     skrll   /* A 32 bit PC-relative relocation.  */
    137      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PCREL,	/* type */
    138      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    139      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    140      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    141      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    142      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    143      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    144      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    145      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PCREL",	/* name */
    146      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    147      1.1     skrll 	 0x00000000,		/* src_mask */
    148      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    149      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    150      1.1     skrll 
    151      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy.  */
    152      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT,	/* type */
    153      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    154      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    155      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    156      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    157      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    158      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    159      1.1     skrll 	 NULL,			/* special_function */
    160      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT", /* name */
    161      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    162      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    163      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    164      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    165      1.1     skrll 
    166      1.1     skrll   /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage.  */
    167      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY,	/* type */
    168      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    169      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    170      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitsize */
    171      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    172      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    173      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_dont, /* complain_on_overflow */
    174      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn,	/* special_function */
    175      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY",	 /* name */
    176      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    177      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    178      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    179      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    180      1.1     skrll 
    181      1.1     skrll   /* This is used only by the dynamic linker.  The symbol should exist
    182      1.1     skrll      both in the object being run and in some shared library.  The
    183      1.1     skrll      dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
    184      1.1     skrll      shared library into the object, because the object being
    185      1.1     skrll      run has to have the data at some particular address.  */
    186      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_COPY,		/* type */
    187      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    188      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    189      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    190      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    191      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    192      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    193      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    194      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_COPY",		/* name */
    195      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    196      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    197      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    198      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    199      1.1     skrll 
    200      1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32, but used when setting global offset table entries.  */
    201      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT,	/* type */
    202      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    203      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    204      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    205      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    206      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    207      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    208      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    209      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT",	/* name */
    210      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    211      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    212      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    213      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    214      1.1     skrll 
    215      1.1     skrll   /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol.  */
    216      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT,	/* type */
    217      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    218      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    219      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    220      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    221      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    222      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    223      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    224      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT",	/* name */
    225      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    226      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    227      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* dst_mask */
    228      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    229      1.1     skrll 
    230      1.1     skrll   /* Used only by the dynamic linker.  When the object is run, this
    231      1.1     skrll      longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
    232      1.1     skrll      addend.  */
    233      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_RELATIVE,	/* type */
    234      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    235      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    236      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    237      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    238      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    239      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    240      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    241      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_RELATIVE",	/* name */
    242      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    243      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    244      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    245      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    246      1.1     skrll 
    247      1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32, but referring to the GOT table entry for the symbol.  */
    248      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_GOT,		/* type */
    249      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    250      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    251      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    252      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    253      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    254      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    255      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    256      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_GOT",	/* name */
    257      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    258      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    259      1.1     skrll 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    260      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    261      1.1     skrll 
    262      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOT,		/* type */
    263      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    264      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    265      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    266      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    267      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    268      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    269      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    270      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOT",	/* name */
    271      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    272      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    273      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    274      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    275      1.1     skrll 
    276      1.1     skrll   /* Like R_CRIS_32_GOT, but referring to (and requesting a) PLT part of
    277      1.1     skrll      the GOT table for the symbol.  */
    278      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT,	/* type */
    279      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    280      1.1     skrll 	 1,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    281      1.1     skrll 	 16,			/* bitsize */
    282      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    283      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    284      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    285      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    286      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT",	/* name */
    287      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    288      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    289      1.1     skrll 	 0xffff,		/* dst_mask */
    290      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    291      1.1     skrll 
    292      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT,	/* type */
    293      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    294      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    295      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    296      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    297      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    298      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    299      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    300      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT",	/* name */
    301      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    302      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    303      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    304      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    305      1.1     skrll 
    306      1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from GOT to (local const) symbol: no GOT entry should
    307      1.1     skrll      be necessary.  */
    308      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_GOTREL,	/* type */
    309      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    310      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    311      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    312      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    313      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    314      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    315      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    316      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_GOTREL",	/* name */
    317      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    318      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    319      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    320      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    321      1.1     skrll 
    322      1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from GOT to entry for this symbol in PLT and request
    323      1.1     skrll      to create PLT entry for symbol.  */
    324      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL,	/* type */
    325      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    326      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    327      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    328      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* pc_relative */
    329      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    330      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    331      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_elf_generic_reloc,	/* special_function */
    332      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL", /* name */
    333      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    334      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    335      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    336      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE),		/* pcrel_offset */
    337      1.1     skrll 
    338      1.1     skrll   /* A 32-bit offset from PC (location after the relocation) + addend to
    339      1.1     skrll      entry for this symbol in PLT and request to create PLT entry for
    340      1.1     skrll      symbol.  */
    341      1.1     skrll   HOWTO (R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL,	/* type */
    342      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* rightshift */
    343      1.1     skrll 	 2,			/* size (0 = byte, 1 = short, 2 = long) */
    344      1.1     skrll 	 32,			/* bitsize */
    345      1.1     skrll 	 TRUE,			/* pc_relative */
    346      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* bitpos */
    347      1.1     skrll 	 complain_overflow_bitfield, /* complain_on_overflow */
    348      1.1     skrll 	 cris_elf_pcrel_reloc,	/* special_function */
    349      1.1     skrll 	 "R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL",	/* name */
    350      1.1     skrll 	 FALSE,			/* partial_inplace */
    351      1.1     skrll 	 0,			/* src_mask */
    352      1.1     skrll 	 0xffffffff,		/* dst_mask */
    353  1.1.1.2  christos 	 TRUE),			/* pcrel_offset */
    354  1.1.1.2  christos 
    355  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We don't handle these in any special manner and cross-format
    356  1.1.1.2  christos      linking is not supported; just recognize them enough to pass them
    357  1.1.1.2  christos      around.  FIXME: do the same for most PIC relocs and add sanity
    358  1.1.1.2  christos      tests to actually refuse gracefully to handle these and PIC
    359  1.1.1.2  christos      relocs for cross-format linking.  */
    360  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO32(name) \
    361  1.1.1.2  christos  HOWTO (name, 0, 2, 32, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_bitfield, \
    362  1.1.1.2  christos         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, #name, FALSE, 0, 0xffffffff, FALSE)
    363  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16X(name, X)	     \
    364  1.1.1.2  christos  HOWTO (name, 0, 1, 16, FALSE, 0, complain_overflow_ ## X, \
    365  1.1.1.2  christos         bfd_elf_generic_reloc, #name, FALSE, 0, 0xffff, FALSE)
    366  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16(name) TLSHOWTO16X(name, unsigned)
    367  1.1.1.2  christos #define TLSHOWTO16S(name) TLSHOWTO16X(name, signed)
    368  1.1.1.2  christos 
    369  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD),
    370  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16 (R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD),
    371  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GD),
    372  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_DTP),
    373  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_DTPREL),
    374  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_DTPREL),
    375  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL),
    376  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL),
    377  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_TPREL),
    378  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO16S (R_CRIS_16_TPREL),
    379  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_DTPMOD),
    380  1.1.1.2  christos   TLSHOWTO32 (R_CRIS_32_IE)
    381      1.1     skrll };
    382      1.1     skrll 
    383      1.1     skrll /* Map BFD reloc types to CRIS ELF reloc types.  */
    385      1.1     skrll 
    386      1.1     skrll struct cris_reloc_map
    387      1.1     skrll {
    388      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
    389      1.1     skrll   unsigned int cris_reloc_val;
    390      1.1     skrll };
    391      1.1     skrll 
    392      1.1     skrll static const struct cris_reloc_map cris_reloc_map [] =
    393      1.1     skrll {
    394      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_NONE,		R_CRIS_NONE },
    395      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8,		R_CRIS_8 },
    396      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16,		R_CRIS_16 },
    397      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32,		R_CRIS_32 },
    398      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL,		R_CRIS_8_PCREL },
    399      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL,		R_CRIS_16_PCREL },
    400      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL,		R_CRIS_32_PCREL },
    401      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT,	R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT },
    402      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY,	R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY },
    403      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_COPY,	R_CRIS_COPY },
    404      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_GLOB_DAT,	R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT },
    405      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT,	R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT },
    406      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_RELATIVE,	R_CRIS_RELATIVE },
    407      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT,	R_CRIS_16_GOT },
    408      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT,	R_CRIS_32_GOT },
    409      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOTPLT,	R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT },
    410      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOTPLT,	R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT },
    411      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOTREL,	R_CRIS_32_GOTREL },
    412  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL, R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL },
    413  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL, R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL },
    414  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT_GD,	R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD },
    415  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT_GD,	R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD },
    416  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GD,	R_CRIS_32_GD },
    417  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_DTP,	R_CRIS_DTP },
    418  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_DTPREL,	R_CRIS_32_DTPREL },
    419  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_DTPREL,	R_CRIS_16_DTPREL },
    420  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL, R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL },
    421  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL, R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL },
    422  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_TPREL,	R_CRIS_32_TPREL },
    423  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_16_TPREL,	R_CRIS_16_TPREL },
    424  1.1.1.2  christos   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_DTPMOD,	R_CRIS_DTPMOD },
    425      1.1     skrll   { BFD_RELOC_CRIS_32_IE,	R_CRIS_32_IE }
    426      1.1     skrll };
    427      1.1     skrll 
    428  1.1.1.3  christos static reloc_howto_type *
    429  1.1.1.3  christos cris_reloc_type_lookup (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    430      1.1     skrll 			bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
    431      1.1     skrll {
    432      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    433      1.1     skrll 
    434      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0; i < sizeof (cris_reloc_map) / sizeof (cris_reloc_map[0]); i++)
    435      1.1     skrll     if (cris_reloc_map [i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
    436      1.1     skrll       return & cris_elf_howto_table [cris_reloc_map[i].cris_reloc_val];
    437      1.1     skrll 
    438      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    439      1.1     skrll }
    440      1.1     skrll 
    441      1.1     skrll static reloc_howto_type *
    442      1.1     skrll cris_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const char *r_name)
    443      1.1     skrll {
    444      1.1     skrll   unsigned int i;
    445      1.1     skrll 
    446      1.1     skrll   for (i = 0;
    447      1.1     skrll        i < sizeof (cris_elf_howto_table) / sizeof (cris_elf_howto_table[0]);
    448      1.1     skrll        i++)
    449      1.1     skrll     if (cris_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
    450      1.1     skrll 	&& strcasecmp (cris_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
    451      1.1     skrll       return &cris_elf_howto_table[i];
    452      1.1     skrll 
    453      1.1     skrll   return NULL;
    454      1.1     skrll }
    455      1.1     skrll 
    456      1.1     skrll /* Set the howto pointer for an CRIS ELF reloc.  */
    457      1.1     skrll 
    458  1.1.1.3  christos static void
    459  1.1.1.3  christos cris_info_to_howto_rela (bfd * abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    460  1.1.1.3  christos 			 arelent * cache_ptr,
    461      1.1     skrll 			 Elf_Internal_Rela * dst)
    462  1.1.1.2  christos {
    463      1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
    464      1.1     skrll 
    465      1.1     skrll   r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
    466      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (r_type < (unsigned int) R_CRIS_max);
    467      1.1     skrll   cache_ptr->howto = & cris_elf_howto_table [r_type];
    468      1.1     skrll }
    469      1.1     skrll 
    470  1.1.1.3  christos bfd_reloc_status_type
    471  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_pcrel_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    472  1.1.1.3  christos 		      arelent *reloc_entry,
    473  1.1.1.3  christos 		      asymbol *symbol,
    474  1.1.1.3  christos 		      void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    475  1.1.1.3  christos 		      asection *input_section,
    476  1.1.1.3  christos 		      bfd *output_bfd,
    477      1.1     skrll 		      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
    478      1.1     skrll {
    479      1.1     skrll   /* By default (using only bfd_elf_generic_reloc when linking to
    480      1.1     skrll      non-ELF formats) PC-relative relocs are relative to the beginning
    481      1.1     skrll      of the reloc.  CRIS PC-relative relocs are relative to the position
    482      1.1     skrll      *after* the reloc because that's what pre-CRISv32 PC points to
    483      1.1     skrll      after reading an insn field with that reloc.  (For CRISv32, PC is
    484      1.1     skrll      actually relative to the start of the insn, but we keep the old
    485      1.1     skrll      definition.)  Still, we use as much generic machinery as we can.
    486      1.1     skrll 
    487      1.1     skrll      Only adjust when doing a final link.  */
    488      1.1     skrll   if (output_bfd == (bfd *) NULL)
    489      1.1     skrll     reloc_entry->addend -= 1 << reloc_entry->howto->size;
    490      1.1     skrll 
    491      1.1     skrll   return
    492      1.1     skrll     bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
    493      1.1     skrll 			   input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
    494      1.1     skrll }
    495      1.1     skrll 
    496      1.1     skrll /* Support for core dump NOTE sections.
    498      1.1     skrll    The slightly unintuitive code layout is an attempt to keep at least
    499      1.1     skrll    some similarities with other ports, hoping to simplify general
    500      1.1     skrll    changes, while still keeping Linux/CRIS and Linux/CRISv32 code apart.  */
    501  1.1.1.3  christos 
    502      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    503      1.1     skrll cris_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
    504      1.1     skrll {
    505      1.1     skrll   int offset;
    506      1.1     skrll   size_t size;
    507      1.1     skrll 
    508      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
    509      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    510      1.1     skrll       {
    511      1.1     skrll       default:
    512      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    513      1.1     skrll 
    514      1.1     skrll       case 202:		/* Linux/CRISv32 */
    515      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
    516      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
    517  1.1.1.2  christos 
    518      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
    519      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
    520      1.1     skrll 
    521      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
    522      1.1     skrll 	offset = 70;
    523      1.1     skrll 	size = 128;
    524      1.1     skrll 
    525      1.1     skrll 	break;
    526      1.1     skrll       }
    527      1.1     skrll   else
    528      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    529      1.1     skrll       {
    530      1.1     skrll       default:
    531      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    532      1.1     skrll 
    533      1.1     skrll       case 214:		/* Linux/CRIS */
    534      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_cursig */
    535      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
    536  1.1.1.2  christos 
    537      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_pid */
    538      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 22);
    539      1.1     skrll 
    540      1.1     skrll 	/* pr_reg */
    541      1.1     skrll 	offset = 70;
    542      1.1     skrll 	size = 140;
    543      1.1     skrll 
    544      1.1     skrll 	break;
    545      1.1     skrll       }
    546      1.1     skrll 
    547      1.1     skrll   /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
    548      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
    549      1.1     skrll 					  size, note->descpos + offset);
    550      1.1     skrll }
    551  1.1.1.3  christos 
    552      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
    553      1.1     skrll cris_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
    554      1.1     skrll {
    555      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
    556      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    557      1.1     skrll       {
    558      1.1     skrll       default:
    559      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    560      1.1     skrll 
    561      1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/CRISv32 elf_prpsinfo */
    562      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
    563      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
    564      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
    565      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
    566      1.1     skrll       }
    567      1.1     skrll   else
    568      1.1     skrll     switch (note->descsz)
    569      1.1     skrll       {
    570      1.1     skrll       default:
    571      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
    572      1.1     skrll 
    573      1.1     skrll       case 124:		/* Linux/CRIS elf_prpsinfo */
    574      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
    575      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
    576      1.1     skrll 	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
    577      1.1     skrll 	  = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
    578      1.1     skrll       }
    579      1.1     skrll 
    580      1.1     skrll   /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
    581      1.1     skrll      onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
    582      1.1     skrll      implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
    583      1.1     skrll 
    584      1.1     skrll   {
    585      1.1     skrll     char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
    586      1.1     skrll     int n = strlen (command);
    587      1.1     skrll 
    588      1.1     skrll     if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
    589      1.1     skrll       command[n - 1] = '\0';
    590      1.1     skrll   }
    591      1.1     skrll 
    592      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
    593      1.1     skrll }
    594      1.1     skrll 
    595      1.1     skrll /* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
    597      1.1     skrll    section.  */
    598      1.1     skrll 
    599      1.1     skrll #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/lib/ld.so.1"
    600      1.1     skrll 
    601      1.1     skrll /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
    602      1.1     skrll 
    603      1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 20
    604      1.1     skrll #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 26
    605      1.1     skrll 
    606      1.1     skrll /* The first entry in an absolute procedure linkage table looks like this.  */
    607      1.1     skrll 
    608      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    609      1.1     skrll {
    610      1.1     skrll   0xfc, 0xe1,
    611      1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7e,	/* push mof.  */
    612      1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    613      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of .got + 4.  */
    614      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x7a,	/* move [...],mof */
    615      1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    616      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of .got + 8.  */
    617      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09	/* jump [...] */
    618      1.1     skrll };
    619      1.1     skrll 
    620      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt0_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    621      1.1     skrll {
    622      1.1     skrll   0x84, 0xe2,	/* subq 4,$sp */
    623      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfe,	/* move.d 0,$acr */
    624      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced by address of .got + 4.  */
    625      1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7a,	/* move $mof,[$sp] */
    626      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7a,	/* move [$acr],$mof */
    627      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xf2,	/* addq 4,acr */
    628      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    629      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    630      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    631      1.1     skrll   0, 0		/*  Pad out to 26 bytes.  */
    632      1.1     skrll };
    633      1.1     skrll 
    634      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
    635      1.1     skrll    this.  */
    636      1.1     skrll 
    637      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    638      1.1     skrll {
    639      1.1     skrll   0x7f, 0x0d,   /*  (dip [pc+]) */
    640      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
    641      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [...] */
    642      1.1     skrll   0x3f,	 0x7e,	/* move [pc+],mof */
    643      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    644      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0xfe,	/* add.d [pc+],pc */
    645      1.1     skrll   0xec, 0xff,
    646      1.1     skrll   0xff, 0xff	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    647      1.1     skrll };
    648      1.1     skrll 
    649      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_plt_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    650      1.1     skrll {
    651      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfe,	/* move.d 0,$acr */
    652      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
    653      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,   /* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    654      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,   /* jump $acr */
    655      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    656      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move 0,mof */
    657      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table. */
    658      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x0e,	/* ba start_of_plt0_entry */
    659      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset to plt0 entry.  */
    660      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05	/* nop */
    661      1.1     skrll };
    662      1.1     skrll 
    663      1.1     skrll /* The first entry in a PIC procedure linkage table looks like this.  */
    664      1.1     skrll 
    665      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    666      1.1     skrll {
    667      1.1     skrll   0xfc, 0xe1, 0x7e, 0x7e,	/* push mof */
    668      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0x01, 0x30, 0x7a,	/* move [r0+4],mof */
    669      1.1     skrll   0x08, 0x01, 0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [r0+8] */
    670      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Pad out to 20 bytes.  */
    671      1.1     skrll };
    672      1.1     skrll 
    673      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    674      1.1     skrll {
    675      1.1     skrll   0x84, 0xe2,	/* subq 4,$sp */
    676      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0x01,	/* addoq 4,$r0,$acr */
    677      1.1     skrll   0x7e, 0x7a,	/* move $mof,[$sp] */
    678      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7a,	/* move [$acr],$mof */
    679      1.1     skrll   0x04, 0xf2,	/* addq 4,$acr */
    680      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    681      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    682      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    683      1.1     skrll   0, 0,		/*  Pad out to 26 bytes.  */
    684      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,
    685      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0
    686      1.1     skrll };
    687      1.1     skrll 
    688      1.1     skrll /* Subsequent entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
    689      1.1     skrll 
    690      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt_entry[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
    691      1.1     skrll {
    692      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0x0d,   /*  (bdap [pc+].d,r0) */
    693      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
    694      1.1     skrll   0x30, 0x09,	/* jump [...] */
    695      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move [pc+],mof */
    696      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    697      1.1     skrll   0x2f, 0xfe,	/* add.d [pc+],pc */
    698      1.1     skrll   0xec, 0xff,	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    699      1.1     skrll   0xff, 0xff
    700      1.1     skrll };
    701      1.1     skrll 
    702      1.1     skrll static const bfd_byte elf_cris_pic_plt_entry_v32[PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32] =
    703      1.1     skrll {
    704      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0x0d,	/* addo.d 0,$r0,$acr */
    705      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
    706      1.1     skrll   0x6f, 0xfa,	/* move.d [$acr],$acr */
    707      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x09,	/* jump $acr */
    708      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05,	/* nop */
    709      1.1     skrll   0x3f, 0x7e,	/* move relocoffs,$mof */
    710      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
    711      1.1     skrll   0xbf, 0x0e,	/* ba start_of_plt */
    712      1.1     skrll   0, 0, 0, 0,	/*  Replaced with offset to start of .plt.  */
    713      1.1     skrll   0xb0, 0x05	/* nop */
    714      1.1     skrll };
    715      1.1     skrll 
    716      1.1     skrll /* We copy elf32-m68k.c and elf32-i386.c for the basic linker hash bits
    718      1.1     skrll    (and most other PIC/shlib stuff).  Check that we don't drift away
    719      1.1     skrll    without reason.
    720      1.1     skrll 
    721      1.1     skrll    The CRIS linker, like the m68k and i386 linkers (and probably the rest
    722      1.1     skrll    too) needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it decides to
    723      1.1     skrll    copy in check_relocs for each symbol.  This is so that it can discard
    724      1.1     skrll    PC relative relocs if it doesn't need them when linking with
    725      1.1     skrll    -Bsymbolic.  We store the information in a field extending the regular
    726      1.1     skrll    ELF linker hash table.  */
    727      1.1     skrll 
    728      1.1     skrll /* This structure keeps track of the number of PC relative relocs we have
    729      1.1     skrll    copied for a given symbol.  */
    730      1.1     skrll 
    731  1.1.1.2  christos struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied
    732      1.1     skrll {
    733      1.1     skrll   /* Next section.  */
    734  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *next;
    735      1.1     skrll 
    736      1.1     skrll   /* A section in dynobj.  */
    737  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *section;
    738  1.1.1.2  christos 
    739  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Number of relocs copied in this section.  */
    740      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type count;
    741      1.1     skrll 
    742      1.1     skrll   /* Example of reloc being copied, for message.  */
    743      1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
    744      1.1     skrll };
    745      1.1     skrll 
    746      1.1     skrll /* CRIS ELF linker hash entry.  */
    747      1.1     skrll 
    748      1.1     skrll struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry
    749      1.1     skrll {
    750      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
    751      1.1     skrll 
    752      1.1     skrll   /* Number of PC relative relocs copied for this symbol.  */
    753      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *pcrel_relocs_copied;
    754      1.1     skrll 
    755      1.1     skrll   /* The GOTPLT references are CRIS-specific; the goal is to avoid having
    756      1.1     skrll      both a general GOT and a PLT-specific GOT entry for the same symbol,
    757      1.1     skrll      when it is referenced both as a function and as a function pointer.
    758      1.1     skrll 
    759      1.1     skrll      Number of GOTPLT references for a function.  */
    760      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
    761      1.1     skrll 
    762      1.1     skrll   /* Actual GOTPLT index for this symbol, if applicable, or zero if not
    763  1.1.1.2  christos      (zero is never used as an index).  FIXME: We should be able to fold
    764  1.1.1.2  christos      this with gotplt_refcount in a union, like the got and plt unions in
    765  1.1.1.2  christos      elf_link_hash_entry.  */
    766  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type gotplt_offset;
    767  1.1.1.2  christos 
    768  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The root.got.refcount is the sum of the regular reference counts
    769  1.1.1.2  christos      (this) and those members below.  We have to keep a separate count
    770  1.1.1.2  christos      to track when we've found the first (or last) reference to a
    771  1.1.1.2  christos      regular got entry.  The offset is in root.got.offset.  */
    772  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma reg_got_refcount;
    773  1.1.1.2  christos 
    774  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Similar to the above, the number of reloc references to this
    775  1.1.1.2  christos      symbols that need a R_CRIS_32_TPREL slot.  The offset is in
    776  1.1.1.2  christos      root.got.offset, because this and .dtp_refcount can't validly
    777  1.1.1.2  christos      happen when there's also a regular GOT entry; that's invalid
    778  1.1.1.2  christos      input for which an error is emitted.  */
    779  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_signed_vma tprel_refcount;
    780  1.1.1.2  christos 
    781      1.1     skrll   /* Similar to the above, the number of reloc references to this
    782      1.1     skrll      symbols that need a R_CRIS_DTP slot.  The offset is in
    783  1.1.1.3  christos      root.got.offset; plus 4 if .tprel_refcount > 0.  */
    784  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_signed_vma dtp_refcount;
    785  1.1.1.3  christos };
    786  1.1.1.3  christos 
    787  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_boolean
    788  1.1.1.3  christos elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *,
    789  1.1.1.3  christos 				      void * );
    790  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
    791  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *,
    792  1.1.1.2  christos 					  void *);
    793  1.1.1.2  christos 
    794  1.1.1.2  christos /* The local_got_refcounts and local_got_offsets are a multiple of
    795  1.1.1.2  christos    LSNUM in size, namely LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR(LSNUM) (plus one for the
    796  1.1.1.2  christos    refcount for GOT itself, see code), with the summary / group offset
    797  1.1.1.2  christos    for local symbols located at offset N, reference counts for
    798  1.1.1.2  christos    ordinary (address) relocs at offset N + LSNUM, for R_CRIS_DTP
    799  1.1.1.2  christos    relocs at offset N + 2*LSNUM, and for R_CRIS_32_TPREL relocs at N +
    800  1.1.1.2  christos    3*LSNUM.  */
    801  1.1.1.2  christos 
    802  1.1.1.2  christos #define LGOT_REG_NDX(x) ((x) + symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    803      1.1     skrll #define LGOT_DTP_NDX(x) ((x) + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    804      1.1     skrll #define LGOT_TPREL_NDX(x) ((x) + 3 * symtab_hdr->sh_info)
    805      1.1     skrll #define LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR(x) ((x) * 4)
    806      1.1     skrll 
    807      1.1     skrll /* CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    808      1.1     skrll 
    809      1.1     skrll struct elf_cris_link_hash_table
    810      1.1     skrll {
    811      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_table root;
    812      1.1     skrll 
    813  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We can't use the PLT offset and calculate to get the GOTPLT offset,
    814  1.1.1.2  christos      since we try and avoid creating GOTPLT:s when there's already a GOT.
    815  1.1.1.2  christos      Instead, we keep and update the next available index here.  */
    816  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type next_gotplt_entry;
    817  1.1.1.2  christos 
    818  1.1.1.2  christos   /* The number of R_CRIS_32_DTPREL and R_CRIS_16_DTPREL that have
    819  1.1.1.2  christos      been seen for any input; if != 0, then the constant-offset
    820      1.1     skrll      R_CRIS_DTPMOD is needed for this DSO/executable.  This turns
    821      1.1     skrll      negative at relocation, so that we don't need an extra flag for
    822      1.1     skrll      when the reloc is output.  */
    823      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma dtpmod_refcount;
    824      1.1     skrll };
    825      1.1     skrll 
    826      1.1     skrll /* Traverse a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    827  1.1.1.2  christos 
    828      1.1     skrll #define elf_cris_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
    829      1.1     skrll   (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
    830      1.1     skrll    (&(table)->root,							\
    831      1.1     skrll     (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func),	\
    832      1.1     skrll     (info)))
    833  1.1.1.2  christos 
    834  1.1.1.2  christos /* Get the CRIS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
    835  1.1.1.2  christos 
    836  1.1.1.2  christos #define elf_cris_hash_table(p) \
    837  1.1.1.2  christos   (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
    838  1.1.1.2  christos   == CRIS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
    839  1.1.1.2  christos 
    840  1.1.1.2  christos /* Get the CRIS ELF linker hash entry from a regular hash entry (the
    841  1.1.1.2  christos    "parent class").  The .root reference is just a simple type
    842      1.1     skrll    check on the argument.  */
    843      1.1     skrll 
    844      1.1     skrll #define elf_cris_hash_entry(p) \
    845      1.1     skrll  ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) (&(p)->root))
    846  1.1.1.2  christos 
    847  1.1.1.2  christos /* Create an entry in a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    848  1.1.1.2  christos 
    849      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_hash_entry *
    850      1.1     skrll elf_cris_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
    851      1.1     skrll 			    struct bfd_hash_table *table,
    852      1.1     skrll 			    const char *string)
    853      1.1     skrll {
    854      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *ret =
    855      1.1     skrll     (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) entry;
    856      1.1     skrll 
    857      1.1     skrll   /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
    858      1.1     skrll      subclass.  */
    859      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    860      1.1     skrll     ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
    861      1.1     skrll 	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
    862      1.1     skrll 			      sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry)));
    863      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    864      1.1     skrll     return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
    865      1.1     skrll 
    866      1.1     skrll   /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
    867      1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
    868      1.1     skrll 	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
    869      1.1     skrll 				     table, string));
    870      1.1     skrll   if (ret != (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
    871  1.1.1.2  christos     {
    872  1.1.1.2  christos       ret->pcrel_relocs_copied = NULL;
    873  1.1.1.2  christos       ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
    874      1.1     skrll       ret->gotplt_offset = 0;
    875      1.1     skrll       ret->dtp_refcount = 0;
    876      1.1     skrll       ret->tprel_refcount = 0;
    877      1.1     skrll       ret->reg_got_refcount = 0;
    878      1.1     skrll     }
    879      1.1     skrll 
    880      1.1     skrll   return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
    881      1.1     skrll }
    882  1.1.1.2  christos 
    883      1.1     skrll /* Create a CRIS ELF linker hash table.  */
    884      1.1     skrll 
    885      1.1     skrll static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
    886      1.1     skrll elf_cris_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
    887      1.1     skrll {
    888      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *ret;
    889      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table);
    890      1.1     skrll 
    891      1.1     skrll   ret = ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt));
    892      1.1     skrll   if (ret == (struct elf_cris_link_hash_table *) NULL)
    893  1.1.1.2  christos     return NULL;
    894  1.1.1.2  christos 
    895      1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
    896      1.1     skrll 				      elf_cris_link_hash_newfunc,
    897      1.1     skrll 				      sizeof (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry),
    898      1.1     skrll 				      CRIS_ELF_DATA))
    899      1.1     skrll     {
    900      1.1     skrll       free (ret);
    901      1.1     skrll       return NULL;
    902      1.1     skrll     }
    903      1.1     skrll 
    904  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Initialize to skip over the first three entries in the gotplt; they
    905  1.1.1.2  christos      are used for run-time symbol evaluation.  */
    906  1.1.1.2  christos   ret->next_gotplt_entry = 12;
    907      1.1     skrll 
    908      1.1     skrll   /* We haven't seen any R_CRIS_nn_GOT_TPREL initially.  */
    909      1.1     skrll   ret->dtpmod_refcount = 0;
    910      1.1     skrll 
    911      1.1     skrll   return &ret->root.root;
    912      1.1     skrll }
    913      1.1     skrll 
    914  1.1.1.3  christos /* Perform a single relocation.  By default we use the standard BFD
    916  1.1.1.3  christos    routines, with a few tweaks.  */
    917  1.1.1.3  christos 
    918  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_reloc_status_type
    919  1.1.1.3  christos cris_final_link_relocate (reloc_howto_type *  howto,
    920      1.1     skrll 			  bfd *               input_bfd,
    921      1.1     skrll 			  asection *          input_section,
    922  1.1.1.2  christos 			  bfd_byte *          contents,
    923      1.1     skrll 			  Elf_Internal_Rela * rel,
    924      1.1     skrll 			  bfd_vma             relocation)
    925      1.1     skrll {
    926      1.1     skrll   bfd_reloc_status_type r;
    927  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
    928      1.1     skrll 
    929      1.1     skrll   /* PC-relative relocations are relative to the position *after*
    930      1.1     skrll      the reloc.  Note that for R_CRIS_8_PCREL the adjustment is
    931      1.1     skrll      not a single byte, since PC must be 16-bit-aligned.  */
    932      1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
    933      1.1     skrll     {
    934      1.1     skrll       /* Check that the 16-bit GOT relocs are positive.  */
    935      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
    936      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
    937      1.1     skrll       if ((bfd_signed_vma) relocation < 0)
    938      1.1     skrll 	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
    939      1.1     skrll       break;
    940      1.1     skrll 
    941      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
    942      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
    943      1.1     skrll       relocation -= 2;
    944      1.1     skrll       /* Fall through.  */
    945      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
    946      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
    947      1.1     skrll       relocation -= 2;
    948      1.1     skrll       break;
    949      1.1     skrll 
    950      1.1     skrll     default:
    951      1.1     skrll       break;
    952      1.1     skrll     }
    953      1.1     skrll 
    954      1.1     skrll   r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
    955  1.1.1.2  christos 				contents, rel->r_offset,
    956  1.1.1.2  christos 				relocation, rel->r_addend);
    957  1.1.1.2  christos   return r;
    958  1.1.1.2  christos }
    959  1.1.1.2  christos 
    960  1.1.1.2  christos 
    962  1.1.1.2  christos /* The number of errors left before we stop outputting reloc-specific
    963      1.1     skrll    explanatory messages.  By coincidence, this works nicely together
    964      1.1     skrll    with the default number of messages you'll get from LD about
    965      1.1     skrll    "relocation truncated to fit" messages before you get an
    966      1.1     skrll    "additional relocation overflows omitted from the output".  */
    967  1.1.1.2  christos static int additional_relocation_error_msg_count = 10;
    968  1.1.1.2  christos 
    969  1.1.1.2  christos /* Relocate an CRIS ELF section.  See elf32-fr30.c, from where this was
    970  1.1.1.2  christos    copied, for further comments.  */
    971  1.1.1.2  christos 
    972  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
    973  1.1.1.2  christos cris_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
    974  1.1.1.2  christos 			   struct bfd_link_info *info,
    975      1.1     skrll 			   bfd *input_bfd,
    976  1.1.1.2  christos 			   asection *input_section,
    977      1.1     skrll 			   bfd_byte *contents,
    978      1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
    979      1.1     skrll 			   Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
    980      1.1     skrll 			   asection **local_sections)
    981      1.1     skrll {
    982      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
    983      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
    984      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
    985      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
    986  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
    987  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgot;
    988  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *splt;
    989  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sreloc;
    990  1.1.1.2  christos   Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
    991      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
    992      1.1     skrll   asection *srelgot;
    993      1.1     skrll 
    994      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
    995      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
    996      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
    997      1.1     skrll 
    998      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
    999      1.1     skrll   local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
   1000      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = & elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
   1001  1.1.1.2  christos   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
   1002      1.1     skrll   relend     = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
   1003      1.1     skrll 
   1004      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   1005  1.1.1.3  christos   splt = NULL;
   1006  1.1.1.3  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   1007      1.1     skrll   srelgot = NULL;
   1008      1.1     skrll 
   1009      1.1     skrll   if (dynobj != NULL)
   1010      1.1     skrll     {
   1011      1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   1012      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   1013      1.1     skrll     }
   1014      1.1     skrll 
   1015      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel ++)
   1016      1.1     skrll     {
   1017      1.1     skrll       reloc_howto_type *howto;
   1018      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   1019  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
   1020      1.1     skrll       asection *sec;
   1021      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   1022      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma relocation;
   1023      1.1     skrll       bfd_reloc_status_type r;
   1024      1.1     skrll       const char *symname = NULL;
   1025      1.1     skrll       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   1026      1.1     skrll 
   1027      1.1     skrll       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   1028      1.1     skrll 
   1029      1.1     skrll       if (   r_type == R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT
   1030      1.1     skrll 	  || r_type == R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY)
   1031      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1032      1.1     skrll 
   1033      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   1034      1.1     skrll       howto  = cris_elf_howto_table + r_type;
   1035      1.1     skrll       h      = NULL;
   1036      1.1     skrll       sym    = NULL;
   1037      1.1     skrll       sec    = NULL;
   1038      1.1     skrll 
   1039      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   1040      1.1     skrll 	{
   1041      1.1     skrll 	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
   1042      1.1     skrll 	  sec = local_sections [r_symndx];
   1043      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
   1044      1.1     skrll 
   1045      1.1     skrll 	  symname = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
   1046      1.1     skrll 		     (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
   1047      1.1     skrll 	  if (symname == NULL)
   1048      1.1     skrll 	    symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
   1049      1.1     skrll 	}
   1050      1.1     skrll       else
   1051      1.1     skrll 	{
   1052      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean warned;
   1053      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc;
   1054  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1055  1.1.1.2  christos 	  RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info, input_bfd, input_section, rel,
   1056      1.1     skrll 				   r_symndx, symtab_hdr, sym_hashes,
   1057      1.1     skrll 				   h, sec, relocation,
   1058      1.1     skrll 				   unresolved_reloc, warned);
   1059      1.1     skrll 
   1060      1.1     skrll 	  symname = h->root.root.string;
   1061      1.1     skrll 
   1062      1.1     skrll 	  if (unresolved_reloc
   1063      1.1     skrll 	      /* Perhaps we should detect the cases that
   1064      1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_section is expected to be NULL like i386 and
   1065      1.1     skrll 		 m68k, but apparently (and according to elfxx-ia64.c) all
   1066      1.1     skrll 		 valid cases are where the symbol is defined in a shared
   1067      1.1     skrll 		 object which we link dynamically against.  This includes
   1068      1.1     skrll 		 PLT relocs for which we've created a PLT entry and other
   1069      1.1     skrll 		 relocs for which we're prepared to create dynamic
   1070      1.1     skrll 		 relocations.
   1071      1.1     skrll 
   1072      1.1     skrll 		 For now, new situations cause us to just err when
   1073      1.1     skrll 		 sec->output_offset is NULL but the object with the symbol
   1074      1.1     skrll 		 is *not* dynamically linked against.  Thus this will
   1075      1.1     skrll 		 automatically remind us so we can see if there are other
   1076      1.1     skrll 		 valid cases we need to revisit.  */
   1077      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
   1078      1.1     skrll 	    relocation = 0;
   1079      1.1     skrll 
   1080      1.1     skrll 	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   1081      1.1     skrll 		   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
   1082      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1083      1.1     skrll 	      /* Here follow the cases where the relocation value must
   1084      1.1     skrll 		 be zero (or when further handling is simplified when
   1085      1.1     skrll 		 zero).  I can't claim to understand the various
   1086      1.1     skrll 		 conditions and they weren't described in the files
   1087      1.1     skrll 		 where I copied them from (elf32-m68k.c and
   1088      1.1     skrll 		 elf32-i386.c), but let's mention examples of where
   1089      1.1     skrll 		 they happen.  FIXME: Perhaps define and use a
   1090      1.1     skrll 		 dynamic_symbol_p function like ia64.
   1091      1.1     skrll 
   1092      1.1     skrll 		 - When creating a shared library, we can have an
   1093      1.1     skrll 		 ordinary relocation for a symbol defined in a shared
   1094      1.1     skrll 		 library (perhaps the one we create).  We then make
   1095      1.1     skrll 		 the relocation value zero, as the value seen now will
   1096      1.1     skrll 		 be added into the relocation addend in this shared
   1097      1.1     skrll 		 library, but must be handled only at dynamic-link
   1098      1.1     skrll 		 time.  FIXME: Not sure this example covers the
   1099      1.1     skrll 		 h->elf_link_hash_flags test, though it's there in
   1100      1.1     skrll 		 other targets.  */
   1101      1.1     skrll 	      if (info->shared
   1102      1.1     skrll 		  && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   1103      1.1     skrll 		      || !h->def_regular)
   1104      1.1     skrll 		  && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1105      1.1     skrll 		  && (r_type == R_CRIS_8
   1106  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_16
   1107  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_32
   1108  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_8_PCREL
   1109  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_16_PCREL
   1110  1.1.1.3  christos 		      || r_type == R_CRIS_32_PCREL))
   1111      1.1     skrll 		relocation = 0;
   1112      1.1     skrll 	      else if (!info->relocatable && unresolved_reloc
   1113      1.1     skrll 		       && (_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
   1114      1.1     skrll 						    input_section,
   1115      1.1     skrll 						    rel->r_offset)
   1116      1.1     skrll 			   != (bfd_vma) -1))
   1117      1.1     skrll 		{
   1118      1.1     skrll 		  _bfd_error_handler
   1119      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A: unresolvable relocation %s against symbol `%s'"),
   1120      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1121      1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   1122      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1123      1.1     skrll 		     symname);
   1124  1.1.1.3  christos 		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1125  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return FALSE;
   1126  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   1127      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1128      1.1     skrll 	}
   1129      1.1     skrll 
   1130      1.1     skrll       if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
   1131      1.1     skrll 	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
   1132      1.1     skrll 					 rel, 1, relend, howto, 0, contents);
   1133      1.1     skrll 
   1134      1.1     skrll       if (info->relocatable)
   1135      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   1136      1.1     skrll 
   1137      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   1138      1.1     skrll 	{
   1139      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   1140      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   1141      1.1     skrll 	  /* This is like the case for R_CRIS_32_GOT and R_CRIS_16_GOT,
   1142      1.1     skrll 	     but we require a PLT, and the PLT handling will take care of
   1143      1.1     skrll 	     filling in the PLT-specific GOT entry.  For the GOT offset,
   1144  1.1.1.3  christos 	     calculate it as we do when filling it in for the .got.plt
   1145      1.1     skrll 	     section.  If we don't have a PLT, punt to GOT handling.  */
   1146      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1147      1.1     skrll 	      && ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset != 0)
   1148      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1149      1.1     skrll 	      asection *sgotplt
   1150      1.1     skrll 		= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   1151      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_vma got_offset;
   1152      1.1     skrll 
   1153      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   1154      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   1155      1.1     skrll 
   1156      1.1     skrll 	      got_offset
   1157      1.1     skrll 		= ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset;
   1158      1.1     skrll 
   1159      1.1     skrll 	      relocation = got_offset;
   1160      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1161      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1162      1.1     skrll 
   1163      1.1     skrll 	  /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  Maybe everything is
   1164      1.1     skrll 	     folded into the GOT.  Other than folding, this happens when
   1165      1.1     skrll 	     statically linking PIC code, or when using -Bsymbolic.  Check
   1166      1.1     skrll 	     that we instead have a GOT entry as done for us by
   1167      1.1     skrll 	     elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol, and drop through into the
   1168      1.1     skrll 	     ordinary GOT cases.  This must not happen for the
   1169      1.1     skrll 	     executable, because any reference it does to a function
   1170      1.1     skrll 	     that is satisfied by a DSO must generate a PLT.  We assume
   1171      1.1     skrll 	     these call-specific relocs don't address non-functions.  */
   1172      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1173      1.1     skrll 	      && (h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1174      1.1     skrll 		  || (!info->shared
   1175      1.1     skrll 		      && !(h->def_regular
   1176      1.1     skrll 			   || (!h->def_dynamic
   1177      1.1     skrll 			       && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))))
   1178      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1179      1.1     skrll 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1180      1.1     skrll 		((h->got.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   1181      1.1     skrll 		 ? _("%B, section %A: No PLT nor GOT for relocation %s"
   1182      1.1     skrll 		     " against symbol `%s'")
   1183      1.1     skrll 		 : _("%B, section %A: No PLT for relocation %s"
   1184      1.1     skrll 		     " against symbol `%s'"),
   1185      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1186      1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1187      1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1188      1.1     skrll 		 (symname != NULL && symname[0] != '\0'
   1189      1.1     skrll 		  ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]")));
   1190      1.1     skrll 
   1191      1.1     skrll 	      /* FIXME: Perhaps blaming input is not the right thing to
   1192      1.1     skrll 		 do; this is probably an internal error.  But it is true
   1193      1.1     skrll 		 that we didn't like that particular input.  */
   1194      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1195      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1196      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1197      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1198      1.1     skrll 
   1199      1.1     skrll 	  /* The size of the actual relocation is not used here; we only
   1200      1.1     skrll 	     fill in the GOT table here.  */
   1201      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   1202      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   1203      1.1     skrll 	  {
   1204      1.1     skrll 	    bfd_vma off;
   1205      1.1     skrll 
   1206      1.1     skrll 	    /* Note that despite using RELA relocations, the .got contents
   1207      1.1     skrll 	       is always filled in with the link-relative relocation
   1208      1.1     skrll 	       value; the addend.  */
   1209      1.1     skrll 
   1210      1.1     skrll 	    if (h != NULL)
   1211      1.1     skrll 	      {
   1212      1.1     skrll 		off = h->got.offset;
   1213      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
   1214      1.1     skrll 
   1215      1.1     skrll 		if (!elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   1216      1.1     skrll 		    || (! info->shared
   1217      1.1     skrll 			&& (h->def_regular
   1218      1.1     skrll 			    || h->type == STT_FUNC
   1219      1.1     skrll 			    || h->needs_plt))
   1220      1.1     skrll 		    || (info->shared
   1221      1.1     skrll 			&& (info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   1222      1.1     skrll 			&& h->def_regular))
   1223      1.1     skrll 		  {
   1224      1.1     skrll 		    /* This wasn't checked above for ! info->shared, but
   1225      1.1     skrll 		       must hold there if we get here; the symbol must
   1226      1.1     skrll 		       be defined in the regular program or be undefweak
   1227      1.1     skrll 		       or be a function or otherwise need a PLT.  */
   1228      1.1     skrll 		    BFD_ASSERT (!elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   1229      1.1     skrll 				|| info->shared
   1230      1.1     skrll 				|| h->def_regular
   1231      1.1     skrll 				|| h->type == STT_FUNC
   1232      1.1     skrll 				|| h->needs_plt
   1233      1.1     skrll 				|| h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
   1234      1.1     skrll 
   1235      1.1     skrll 		    /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
   1236      1.1     skrll 		       -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined locally,
   1237      1.1     skrll 		       or is undefweak, or the symbol was forced to be
   1238      1.1     skrll 		       local because of a version file, or we're not
   1239      1.1     skrll 		       creating a dynamic object.  We must initialize this
   1240      1.1     skrll 		       entry in the global offset table.  Since the offset
   1241      1.1     skrll 		       must always be a multiple of 4, we use the least
   1242      1.1     skrll 		       significant bit to record whether we have
   1243      1.1     skrll 		       initialized it already.
   1244      1.1     skrll 
   1245      1.1     skrll 		       If this GOT entry should be runtime-initialized, we
   1246      1.1     skrll 		       will create a .rela.got relocation entry to
   1247      1.1     skrll 		       initialize the value.  This is done in the
   1248      1.1     skrll 		       finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
   1249      1.1     skrll 		    if ((off & 1) != 0)
   1250      1.1     skrll 		      off &= ~1;
   1251      1.1     skrll 		    else
   1252      1.1     skrll 		      {
   1253      1.1     skrll 			bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
   1254      1.1     skrll 				    sgot->contents + off);
   1255      1.1     skrll 			h->got.offset |= 1;
   1256      1.1     skrll 		      }
   1257      1.1     skrll 		  }
   1258      1.1     skrll 	      }
   1259      1.1     skrll 	    else
   1260      1.1     skrll 	      {
   1261      1.1     skrll 		BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
   1262      1.1     skrll 			    && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
   1263      1.1     skrll 
   1264      1.1     skrll 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1265      1.1     skrll 
   1266      1.1     skrll 		/* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
   1267      1.1     skrll 		   the least significant bit to record whether we have
   1268      1.1     skrll 		   already generated the necessary reloc.  */
   1269      1.1     skrll 		if ((off & 1) != 0)
   1270      1.1     skrll 		  off &= ~1;
   1271      1.1     skrll 		else
   1272      1.1     skrll 		  {
   1273      1.1     skrll 		    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1274  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1275  1.1.1.2  christos 		    if (info->shared)
   1276  1.1.1.3  christos 		      {
   1277  1.1.1.2  christos 			Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1278      1.1     skrll 			bfd_byte *loc;
   1279      1.1     skrll 
   1280      1.1     skrll 			if (srelgot == NULL)
   1281      1.1     skrll 			  srelgot
   1282      1.1     skrll 			    = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   1283      1.1     skrll 			BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1284  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1285  1.1.1.2  christos 			outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1286      1.1     skrll 					   + sgot->output_offset
   1287      1.1     skrll 					   + off);
   1288      1.1     skrll 			outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   1289      1.1     skrll 			outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1290      1.1     skrll 			loc = srelgot->contents;
   1291      1.1     skrll 			loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1292      1.1     skrll 			bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1293      1.1     skrll 		      }
   1294      1.1     skrll 
   1295      1.1     skrll 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1296      1.1     skrll 		  }
   1297      1.1     skrll 	      }
   1298      1.1     skrll 
   1299      1.1     skrll 	    relocation = sgot->output_offset + off;
   1300      1.1     skrll 	    if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1301      1.1     skrll 	      {
   1302      1.1     skrll 		/* We can't do anything for a relocation which is against
   1303      1.1     skrll 		   a symbol *plus offset*.  GOT holds relocations for
   1304      1.1     skrll 		   symbols.  Make this an error; the compiler isn't
   1305      1.1     skrll 		   allowed to pass us these kinds of things.  */
   1306      1.1     skrll 		if (h == NULL)
   1307      1.1     skrll 		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1308      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %d"
   1309      1.1     skrll 		       " against local symbol"),
   1310      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1311      1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   1312      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1313      1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_addend);
   1314      1.1     skrll 		else
   1315      1.1     skrll 		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1316      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %d"
   1317      1.1     skrll 		       " against symbol `%s'"),
   1318      1.1     skrll 		     input_bfd,
   1319      1.1     skrll 		     input_section,
   1320      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1321      1.1     skrll 		     rel->r_addend,
   1322      1.1     skrll 		     symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1323      1.1     skrll 
   1324      1.1     skrll 		bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1325      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   1326      1.1     skrll 	      }
   1327      1.1     skrll 	  }
   1328      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1329      1.1     skrll 
   1330      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   1331      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against local symbols.
   1332      1.1     skrll 	     It's also ok when we link a program and the symbol is either
   1333      1.1     skrll 	     defined in an ordinary (non-DSO) object or is undefined weak.  */
   1334      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL
   1335      1.1     skrll 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1336      1.1     skrll 	      && !(!info->shared
   1337      1.1     skrll 		   && (h->def_regular
   1338      1.1     skrll 		       || (!h->def_dynamic
   1339      1.1     skrll 			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))))
   1340      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1341      1.1     skrll 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1342      1.1     skrll 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s is"
   1343      1.1     skrll 		   " not allowed for global symbol: `%s'"),
   1344      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1345      1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1346      1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1347      1.1     skrll 		 symname);
   1348      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1349      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1350      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1351      1.1     skrll 
   1352      1.1     skrll 	  /* This can happen if we get a link error with the input ELF
   1353      1.1     skrll 	     variant mismatching the output variant.  Emit an error so
   1354      1.1     skrll 	     it's noticed if it happens elsewhere.  */
   1355      1.1     skrll 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   1356      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1357      1.1     skrll 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1358      1.1     skrll 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with no GOT created"),
   1359      1.1     skrll 		 input_bfd,
   1360      1.1     skrll 		 input_section,
   1361      1.1     skrll 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   1362      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1363      1.1     skrll 	      return FALSE;
   1364      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1365      1.1     skrll 
   1366      1.1     skrll 	  /* This relocation is like a PC-relative one, except the
   1367      1.1     skrll 	     reference point is the location of GOT.  Note that
   1368      1.1     skrll 	     sgot->output_offset is not involved in this calculation.  We
   1369      1.1     skrll 	     always want the start of entire .got section, not the
   1370      1.1     skrll 	     position after the reserved header.  */
   1371      1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
   1372      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1373      1.1     skrll 
   1374      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   1375      1.1     skrll 	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
   1376      1.1     skrll 	     procedure linkage table.  */
   1377      1.1     skrll 
   1378      1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLT_PCREL reloc against a local symbol directly,
   1379      1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   1380      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1381      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1382      1.1     skrll 
   1383      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1384      1.1     skrll 	      || splt == NULL)
   1385      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1386      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   1387      1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   1388      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   1389      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1390      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1391      1.1     skrll 
   1392      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   1393      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   1394      1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset);
   1395      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1396      1.1     skrll 
   1397      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   1398      1.1     skrll 	  /* Like R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL, but the reference point is the
   1399      1.1     skrll 	     start of the .got section.  See also comment at
   1400      1.1     skrll 	     R_CRIS_32_GOT.  */
   1401      1.1     skrll 	  relocation -= sgot->output_section->vma;
   1402      1.1     skrll 
   1403      1.1     skrll 	  /* Resolve a PLT_GOTREL reloc against a local symbol directly,
   1404      1.1     skrll 	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
   1405      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   1406      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1407      1.1     skrll 
   1408      1.1     skrll 	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   1409      1.1     skrll 	      || splt == NULL)
   1410      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1411      1.1     skrll 	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
   1412      1.1     skrll 		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
   1413      1.1     skrll 		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
   1414      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   1415      1.1     skrll 	    }
   1416      1.1     skrll 
   1417      1.1     skrll 	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
   1418      1.1     skrll 			+ splt->output_offset
   1419      1.1     skrll 			+ h->plt.offset
   1420      1.1     skrll 			- sgot->output_section->vma);
   1421  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1422  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1423      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   1424      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   1425      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   1426      1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol was local, we need no shlib-specific handling.  */
   1427      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
   1428      1.1     skrll 	      || h->dynindx == -1)
   1429      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   1430  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1431      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1432      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8:
   1433      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16:
   1434      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32:
   1435      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   1436  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
   1437      1.1     skrll 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1438      1.1     skrll 	      && ((r_type != R_CRIS_8_PCREL
   1439      1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_CRIS_16_PCREL
   1440      1.1     skrll 		   && r_type != R_CRIS_32_PCREL)
   1441      1.1     skrll 		  || (!info->symbolic
   1442      1.1     skrll 		      || (h != NULL && !h->def_regular))))
   1443      1.1     skrll 	    {
   1444      1.1     skrll 	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1445      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_byte *loc;
   1446      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
   1447      1.1     skrll 
   1448  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
   1449  1.1.1.2  christos 		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
   1450  1.1.1.2  christos 		 time.  */
   1451  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1452      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   1453      1.1     skrll 		{
   1454      1.1     skrll 		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
   1455      1.1     skrll 		    (dynobj, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   1456      1.1     skrll 		  /* The section should have been created in cris_elf_check_relocs,
   1457      1.1     skrll 		     but that function will not be called for objects which fail in
   1458      1.1     skrll 		     cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data.  */
   1459      1.1     skrll 		  if (sreloc == NULL)
   1460      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1461      1.1     skrll 		      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1462      1.1     skrll 		      return FALSE;
   1463      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1464      1.1     skrll 		}
   1465      1.1     skrll 
   1466      1.1     skrll 	      skip = FALSE;
   1467      1.1     skrll 	      relocate = FALSE;
   1468  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1469  1.1.1.2  christos 	      outrel.r_offset =
   1470  1.1.1.2  christos 		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
   1471  1.1.1.2  christos 					 rel->r_offset);
   1472  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
   1473  1.1.1.2  christos 		skip = TRUE;
   1474  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2
   1475  1.1.1.2  christos 		       /* For now, undefined weak symbols with non-default
   1476  1.1.1.2  christos 			  visibility (yielding 0), like exception info for
   1477  1.1.1.2  christos 			  discarded sections, will get a R_CRIS_NONE
   1478      1.1     skrll 			  relocation rather than no relocation, because we
   1479      1.1     skrll 			  notice too late that the symbol doesn't need a
   1480      1.1     skrll 			  relocation.  */
   1481      1.1     skrll 		       || (h != NULL
   1482      1.1     skrll 			   && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
   1483      1.1     skrll 			   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT))
   1484      1.1     skrll 		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
   1485      1.1     skrll 	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
   1486      1.1     skrll 				  + input_section->output_offset);
   1487      1.1     skrll 
   1488      1.1     skrll 	      if (skip)
   1489      1.1     skrll 		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
   1490      1.1     skrll 	      /* h->dynindx may be -1 if the symbol was marked to
   1491      1.1     skrll 		 become local.  */
   1492      1.1     skrll 	      else if (h != NULL
   1493      1.1     skrll 		       && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
   1494      1.1     skrll 			   || !h->def_regular))
   1495      1.1     skrll 		{
   1496      1.1     skrll 		  BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   1497      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
   1498      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   1499      1.1     skrll 		}
   1500      1.1     skrll 	      else
   1501      1.1     skrll 		{
   1502      1.1     skrll 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation + rel->r_addend;
   1503      1.1     skrll 
   1504      1.1     skrll 		  if (r_type == R_CRIS_32)
   1505      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1506      1.1     skrll 		      relocate = TRUE;
   1507      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   1508      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1509      1.1     skrll 		  else
   1510      1.1     skrll 		    {
   1511      1.1     skrll 		      long indx;
   1512      1.1     skrll 
   1513      1.1     skrll 		      if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
   1514      1.1     skrll 			indx = 0;
   1515      1.1     skrll 		      else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
   1516      1.1     skrll 			{
   1517      1.1     skrll 			  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1518      1.1     skrll 			  return FALSE;
   1519      1.1     skrll 			}
   1520      1.1     skrll 		      else
   1521      1.1     skrll 			{
   1522      1.1     skrll 			  asection *osec;
   1523      1.1     skrll 
   1524      1.1     skrll 			  /* We are turning this relocation into one
   1525      1.1     skrll 			     against a section symbol.  It would be
   1526      1.1     skrll 			     proper to subtract the symbol's value,
   1527      1.1     skrll 			     osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
   1528      1.1     skrll 			     but ld.so expects buggy relocs.  */
   1529      1.1     skrll 			  osec = sec->output_section;
   1530      1.1     skrll 			  indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   1531      1.1     skrll 			  if (indx == 0)
   1532      1.1     skrll 			    {
   1533      1.1     skrll 			      osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
   1534      1.1     skrll 			      indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
   1535      1.1     skrll 			    }
   1536      1.1     skrll 			  BFD_ASSERT (indx != 0);
   1537      1.1     skrll 			}
   1538      1.1     skrll 
   1539      1.1     skrll 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, r_type);
   1540      1.1     skrll 		    }
   1541      1.1     skrll 		}
   1542      1.1     skrll 
   1543      1.1     skrll 	      loc = sreloc->contents;
   1544      1.1     skrll 	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1545      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1546      1.1     skrll 
   1547      1.1     skrll 	      /* This reloc will be computed at runtime, so there's no
   1548      1.1     skrll                  need to do anything now, except for R_CRIS_32 relocations
   1549  1.1.1.2  christos                  that have been turned into R_CRIS_RELATIVE.  */
   1550  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!relocate)
   1551  1.1.1.2  christos 		continue;
   1552  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1553  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1554  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1555  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1556  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   1557  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   1558  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against local
   1559  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbols, or to sections that are not loadable.  It's also
   1560  1.1.1.2  christos 	     ok when we link a program and the symbol is defined in an
   1561  1.1.1.2  christos 	     ordinary (non-DSO) object (if it's undefined there, we've
   1562  1.1.1.2  christos 	     already seen an error).  */
   1563  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1564  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   1565  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1566  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (info->shared
   1567  1.1.1.2  christos 		  || (!h->def_regular
   1568  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)))
   1569  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1570  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1571  1.1.1.2  christos 		((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1572  1.1.1.2  christos 		 /* We shouldn't get here for GCC-emitted code.  */
   1573  1.1.1.2  christos 		 ? _("%B, section %A: relocation %s has an undefined"
   1574  1.1.1.2  christos 		     " reference to `%s', perhaps a declaration mixup?")
   1575  1.1.1.2  christos 		 : ("%B, section %A: relocation %s is"
   1576  1.1.1.2  christos 		     " not allowed for `%s', a global symbol with default"
   1577  1.1.1.2  christos 		     " visibility, perhaps a declaration mixup?"),
   1578  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1579  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1580  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1581  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname != NULL && symname[0] != '\0'
   1582  1.1.1.2  christos 		 ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1583  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1584  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1585  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1586  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1587  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
   1588  1.1.1.2  christos 		      || htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0);
   1589  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1590  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fill in a R_CRIS_DTPMOD reloc at offset 3 if we haven't
   1591  1.1.1.2  christos 	     already done so.  Note that we do this in .got.plt, not
   1592  1.1.1.3  christos 	     in .got, as .got.plt contains the first part, still the
   1593  1.1.1.2  christos 	     reloc is against .got, because the linker script directs
   1594  1.1.1.2  christos 	     (is required to direct) them both into .got.  */
   1595  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount > 0
   1596  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
   1597  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1598  1.1.1.2  christos 	      asection *sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   1599  1.1.1.2  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
   1600  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1601  1.1.1.3  christos 	      if (info->shared)
   1602  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1603  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1604  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1605  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1606  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot == NULL)
   1607  1.1.1.2  christos 		    srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   1608  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1609  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1610  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1611  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1612  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 12);
   1613  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 16);
   1614  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   1615  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgotplt->output_offset
   1616  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + 12);
   1617  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_DTPMOD);
   1618  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = 0;
   1619  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1620  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1621  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1622  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1623  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* For an executable, the GOT entry contents is known.  */
   1624  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 1, sgotplt->contents + 12);
   1625  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 16);
   1626  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1627  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1628  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Reverse the sign to mark that we've emitted the
   1629  1.1.1.2  christos 		 required GOT entry.  */
   1630  1.1.1.2  christos 	      htab->dtpmod_refcount = - htab->dtpmod_refcount;
   1631  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1632  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1633  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The relocation is the offset from the start of the module
   1634  1.1.1.2  christos 	     TLS block to the (local) symbol.  */
   1635  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1636  1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1637  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1638  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1639  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   1640  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1641  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1642  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1643  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1644  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1645  1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1646  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1647  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1648  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1649  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1650  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   1651  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   1652  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1653  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1654  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We can't do anything for a relocation which is against a
   1655  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symbol *plus offset*.  The GOT holds relocations for
   1656  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symbols.  Make this an error; the compiler isn't allowed
   1657  1.1.1.2  christos 		 to pass us these kinds of things.  */
   1658  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1659  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %d"
   1660  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " against symbol `%s'"),
   1661  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1662  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1663  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1664  1.1.1.2  christos 		 rel->r_addend,
   1665  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1666  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1667  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1668  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1669  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1670  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1671  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!info->shared
   1672  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h == NULL || h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)))
   1673  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1674  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Known contents of the GOT.  */
   1675  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1676  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1677  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* The symbol is defined in the program, so just write
   1678  1.1.1.2  christos 		 (1, known_tpoffset) into the GOT.  */
   1679  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1680  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1681  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1682  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1683  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount > 0
   1684  1.1.1.2  christos 		    ? h->got.offset + 4 : h->got.offset;
   1685  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1686  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1687  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1688  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1689  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)])
   1690  1.1.1.2  christos 		    off += 4;
   1691  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1692  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1693  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We use bit 1 of the offset as a flag for GOT entry with
   1694  1.1.1.2  christos 		 the R_CRIS_DTP reloc, setting it when we've emitted the
   1695  1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT entry and reloc.  Bit 0 is used for R_CRIS_32_TPREL
   1696  1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocs.  */
   1697  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 2) == 0)
   1698  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1699  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1700  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1701  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1702  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 2;
   1703  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1704  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 2;
   1705  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1706  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 1, sgot->contents + off);
   1707  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off + 4);
   1708  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1709  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1710  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1711  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1712  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1713  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_GD ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1714  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1715  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   1716  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1717  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Not all parts of the GOT entry are known; emit a real
   1718  1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocation.  */
   1719  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1720  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1721  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1722  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount > 0
   1723  1.1.1.2  christos 		  ? h->got.offset + 4 : h->got.offset;
   1724  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1725  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1726  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1727  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (local_got_offsets[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)])
   1728  1.1.1.2  christos 		    off += 4;
   1729  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1730  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1731  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* See above re bit 1 and bit 0 usage.  */
   1732  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 2) == 0)
   1733  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1734  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1735  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1736  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1737  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1738  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1739  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1740  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 2;
   1741  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1742  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 2;
   1743  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1744  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Clear the target contents of the GOT (just as a
   1745  1.1.1.3  christos 		     gesture; it's already cleared on allocation): this
   1746  1.1.1.2  christos 		     relocation is not like the other dynrelocs.  */
   1747  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off);
   1748  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents + off + 4);
   1749  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1750  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot == NULL)
   1751  1.1.1.2  christos 		    srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   1752  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1753  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1754  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
   1755  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1756  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_DTP);
   1757  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   1758  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1759  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1760  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1761  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_DTP);
   1762  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1763  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1764  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1765  1.1.1.2  christos 			? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1766  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1767  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1768  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1769  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgot->output_offset
   1770  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + off);
   1771  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1772  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1773  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1774  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1775  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1776  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot->contents != NULL)
   1777  1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1778  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1779  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1780  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1781  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1782  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1783  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_GD ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1784  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1785  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1786  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The GOT-relative offset to the GOT entry is the
   1787  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation, or for R_CRIS_32_GD, the actual address of
   1788  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the GOT entry.  */
   1789  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1790  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1791  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   1792  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1793  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1794  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1795  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1796  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1797  1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1798  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1799  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1800  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   1801  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1802  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   1803  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   1804  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (rel->r_addend != 0)
   1805  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1806  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We can't do anything for a relocation which is
   1807  1.1.1.2  christos 		 against a symbol *plus offset*.  GOT holds
   1808  1.1.1.2  christos 		 relocations for symbols.  Make this an error; the
   1809  1.1.1.2  christos 		 compiler isn't allowed to pass us these kinds of
   1810  1.1.1.2  christos 		 things.  */
   1811  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1812  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s with non-zero addend %d"
   1813  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " against symbol `%s'"),
   1814  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1815  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1816  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1817  1.1.1.3  christos 		 rel->r_addend,
   1818  1.1.1.3  christos 		 symname[0] != '\0' ? symname : _("[whose name is lost]"));
   1819  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1820  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1821  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1822  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1823  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!info->shared
   1824  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && (h == NULL || h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h)))
   1825  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1826  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Known contents of the GOT.  */
   1827  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1828  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1829  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* The symbol is defined in the program, so just write
   1830  1.1.1.2  christos 		 the -prog_tls_size+known_tpoffset into the GOT.  */
   1831  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1832  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size;
   1833  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1834  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1835  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = h->got.offset;
   1836  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1837  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1838  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1839  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Bit 0 is used to mark whether we've emitted the required
   1840  1.1.1.2  christos 		 entry (and if needed R_CRIS_32_TPREL reloc).  Bit 1
   1841  1.1.1.2  christos 		 is used similarly for R_CRIS_DTP, see above.  */
   1842  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 1) == 0)
   1843  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1844  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1845  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1846  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1847  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 1;
   1848  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1849  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1850  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1851  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1852  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1853  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1854  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1855  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1856  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1857  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_IE ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1858  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1859  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   1860  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1861  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Emit a real relocation.  */
   1862  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_vma off;
   1863  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1864  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h != NULL)
   1865  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = h->got.offset;
   1866  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1867  1.1.1.2  christos 		off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
   1868  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1869  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* See above re usage of bit 0 and 1.  */
   1870  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if ((off & 1) == 0)
   1871  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1872  1.1.1.2  christos 		  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
   1873  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_byte *loc;
   1874  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1875  1.1.1.2  christos 		  off &= ~3;
   1876  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1877  1.1.1.3  christos 		  if (h != NULL)
   1878  1.1.1.2  christos 		    h->got.offset |= 1;
   1879  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1880  1.1.1.2  christos 		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
   1881  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1882  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot == NULL)
   1883  1.1.1.2  christos 		    srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   1884  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   1885  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1886  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1)
   1887  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1888  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_32_TPREL);
   1889  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation = 0;
   1890  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1891  1.1.1.2  christos 		  else
   1892  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1893  1.1.1.2  christos 		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_32_TPREL);
   1894  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1895  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1896  1.1.1.2  christos 		      relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1897  1.1.1.2  christos 			? 0 : elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
   1898  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   1899  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1900  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* Just "define" the initial contents in some
   1901  1.1.1.2  christos 		     semi-logical way.  */
   1902  1.1.1.2  christos 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
   1903  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1904  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   1905  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + sgot->output_offset
   1906  1.1.1.2  christos 				     + off);
   1907  1.1.1.2  christos 		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
   1908  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc = srelgot->contents;
   1909  1.1.1.2  christos 		  loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   1910  1.1.1.2  christos 		  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1911  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot->contents != NULL)
   1912  1.1.1.2  christos 		    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
   1913  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   1914  1.1.1.2  christos 	      else
   1915  1.1.1.2  christos 		off &= ~3;
   1916  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1917  1.1.1.2  christos 	      relocation = sgot->output_offset + off
   1918  1.1.1.2  christos 		+ (r_type == R_CRIS_32_IE ? sgot->output_section->vma : 0);
   1919  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1920  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1921  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The GOT-relative offset to the GOT entry is the relocation,
   1922  1.1.1.2  christos 	     or for R_CRIS_32_GD, the actual address of the GOT entry.  */
   1923  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   1924  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1925  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   1926  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   1927  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This relocation must only be performed against symbols
   1928  1.1.1.2  christos 	     defined in an ordinary (non-DSO) object.  */
   1929  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   1930  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1931  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
   1932  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1933  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We've already informed in cris_elf_check_relocs that
   1934  1.1.1.2  christos 		 this is an error.  */
   1935  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1936  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1937  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1938  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL
   1939  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   1940  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && !(h->def_regular || ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
   1941  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If it's undefined, then an error message has already
   1942  1.1.1.2  christos 		 been emitted.  */
   1943  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
   1944  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1945  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1946  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A: relocation %s is"
   1947  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " not allowed for symbol: `%s'"
   1948  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " which is defined outside the program,"
   1949  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " perhaps a declaration mixup?"),
   1950  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_bfd,
   1951  1.1.1.2  christos 		 input_section,
   1952  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name,
   1953  1.1.1.2  christos 		 symname);
   1954  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   1955  1.1.1.2  christos 	      return FALSE;
   1956  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   1957  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1958  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* NULL if we had an error.  */
   1959  1.1.1.2  christos 	  relocation -= elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL
   1960  1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? 0
   1961  1.1.1.2  christos 	    : (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
   1962  1.1.1.2  christos 	       + elf_hash_table (info)->tls_size);
   1963  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1964      1.1     skrll 	  /* The TLS-relative offset is the relocation.  */
   1965      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   1966      1.1     skrll 
   1967      1.1     skrll 	default:
   1968      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_FAIL ();
   1969      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   1970      1.1     skrll 	}
   1971      1.1     skrll 
   1972      1.1     skrll       r = cris_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
   1973      1.1     skrll 				     contents, rel, relocation);
   1974      1.1     skrll 
   1975      1.1     skrll       if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
   1976      1.1     skrll 	{
   1977      1.1     skrll 	  const char * msg = (const char *) NULL;
   1978      1.1     skrll 
   1979  1.1.1.2  christos 	  switch (r)
   1980  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   1981  1.1.1.2  christos 	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
   1982  1.1.1.2  christos 	      r = info->callbacks->reloc_overflow
   1983  1.1.1.2  christos 		(info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), symname, howto->name,
   1984  1.1.1.2  christos 		 (bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   1985  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (additional_relocation_error_msg_count > 0)
   1986  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   1987  1.1.1.2  christos 		  additional_relocation_error_msg_count--;
   1988  1.1.1.2  christos 		  switch (r_type)
   1989  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   1990  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   1991  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   1992  1.1.1.2  christos 
   1993  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Not just TLS is involved here, so we make
   1994  1.1.1.2  christos 			 generation and message depend on -fPIC/-fpic
   1995  1.1.1.2  christos 			 only.  */
   1996  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   1997  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   1998  1.1.1.2  christos 		      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   1999  1.1.1.2  christos 			(_("(too many global variables for -fpic:"
   2000  1.1.1.2  christos 			   " recompile with -fPIC)"));
   2001  1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   2002  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2003  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   2004  1.1.1.2  christos 		    case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   2005  1.1.1.2  christos 		      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   2006  1.1.1.2  christos 			(_("(thread-local data too big for -fpic or"
   2007  1.1.1.2  christos 			   " -msmall-tls: recompile with -fPIC or"
   2008  1.1.1.2  christos 			   " -mno-small-tls)"));
   2009  1.1.1.2  christos 		      break;
   2010      1.1     skrll 
   2011      1.1     skrll 		      /* No known cause for overflow for other relocs.  */
   2012      1.1     skrll 		    default:
   2013      1.1     skrll 		      break;
   2014      1.1     skrll 		    }
   2015      1.1     skrll 		}
   2016      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2017      1.1     skrll 
   2018      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_undefined:
   2019      1.1     skrll 	      r = info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
   2020      1.1     skrll 		(info, symname, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset,
   2021      1.1     skrll 		 TRUE);
   2022      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2023      1.1     skrll 
   2024      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
   2025      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: out of range error");
   2026      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2027      1.1     skrll 
   2028      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
   2029      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
   2030      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2031      1.1     skrll 
   2032      1.1     skrll 	    case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
   2033      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: dangerous relocation");
   2034      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2035      1.1     skrll 
   2036      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2037      1.1     skrll 	      msg = _("internal error: unknown error");
   2038      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2039      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2040      1.1     skrll 
   2041      1.1     skrll 	  if (msg)
   2042      1.1     skrll 	    r = info->callbacks->warning
   2043      1.1     skrll 	      (info, msg, symname, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
   2044      1.1     skrll 
   2045      1.1     skrll 	  if (! r)
   2046      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2047      1.1     skrll 	}
   2048      1.1     skrll     }
   2049      1.1     skrll 
   2050      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2051  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2052  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2053  1.1.1.2  christos /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
   2055      1.1     skrll    dynamic sections here.  */
   2056  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2057      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2058      1.1     skrll elf_cris_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
   2059      1.1     skrll 				struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2060      1.1     skrll 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2061      1.1     skrll 				Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2062      1.1     skrll {
   2063      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2064      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2065      1.1     skrll 
   2066      1.1     skrll   /* Where in the plt entry to put values.  */
   2067      1.1     skrll   int plt_off1 = 2, plt_off2 = 10, plt_off3 = 16;
   2068      1.1     skrll 
   2069      1.1     skrll   /* What offset to add to the distance to the first PLT entry for the
   2070      1.1     skrll      value at plt_off3.   */
   2071      1.1     skrll   int plt_off3_value_bias = 4;
   2072      1.1     skrll 
   2073  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Where in the PLT entry the call-dynlink-stub is (happens to be same
   2074  1.1.1.2  christos      for PIC and non-PIC for v32 and pre-v32).  */
   2075  1.1.1.2  christos   int plt_stub_offset = 8;
   2076  1.1.1.2  christos   int plt_entry_size = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2077      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt_entry = elf_cris_plt_entry;
   2078      1.1     skrll   const bfd_byte *plt_pic_entry = elf_cris_pic_plt_entry;
   2079      1.1     skrll 
   2080      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2081      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2082      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2083      1.1     skrll 
   2084      1.1     skrll   /* Adjust the various PLT entry offsets.  */
   2085      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   2086      1.1     skrll     {
   2087      1.1     skrll       plt_off2 = 14;
   2088      1.1     skrll       plt_off3 = 20;
   2089      1.1     skrll       plt_off3_value_bias = -2;
   2090      1.1     skrll       plt_stub_offset = 12;
   2091      1.1     skrll       plt_entry_size = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32;
   2092      1.1     skrll       plt_entry = elf_cris_plt_entry_v32;
   2093      1.1     skrll       plt_pic_entry = elf_cris_pic_plt_entry_v32;
   2094      1.1     skrll     }
   2095      1.1     skrll 
   2096      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2097      1.1     skrll 
   2098      1.1     skrll   if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
   2099  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   2100      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   2101      1.1     skrll       asection *sgotplt;
   2102      1.1     skrll       asection *srela;
   2103      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_base;
   2104  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2105  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_vma gotplt_offset
   2106  1.1.1.2  christos 	= elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_offset;
   2107  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2108  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_byte *loc;
   2109  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_boolean has_gotplt = gotplt_offset != 0;
   2110  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2111  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Get the index in the .rela.plt relocations for the .got.plt
   2112  1.1.1.2  christos 	 entry that corresponds to this symbol.
   2113  1.1.1.2  christos 	 We have to count backwards here, and the result is only valid
   2114  1.1.1.2  christos 	 as an index into .rela.plt.  We also have to undo the effect
   2115  1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the R_CRIS_DTPMOD entry at .got index 3 (offset 12 into
   2116  1.1.1.2  christos 	 .got.plt) for which gotplt_offset is adjusted, because while
   2117      1.1     skrll 	 that entry goes into .got.plt, its relocation goes into
   2118      1.1     skrll 	 .rela.got, not .rela.plt.  (It's not PLT-specific; not to be
   2119      1.1     skrll 	 processed as part of the runtime lazy .rela.plt relocation).
   2120      1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: There be literal constants here...  */
   2121      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma rela_plt_index
   2122      1.1     skrll 	= (htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   2123      1.1     skrll 	   ? gotplt_offset/4 - 2 - 3 : gotplt_offset/4 - 3);
   2124      1.1     skrll 
   2125      1.1     skrll       /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that corresponds
   2126  1.1.1.2  christos 	 to this function.  Note that we embed knowledge that "incoming"
   2127      1.1     skrll 	 .got goes after .got.plt in the output without padding (pointer
   2128      1.1     skrll 	 aligned).  However, that knowledge is present in several other
   2129      1.1     skrll 	 places too.  */
   2130      1.1     skrll       bfd_vma got_offset
   2131      1.1     skrll 	= (has_gotplt
   2132      1.1     skrll 	   ? gotplt_offset
   2133  1.1.1.3  christos 	   : h->got.offset + htab->next_gotplt_entry);
   2134  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2135  1.1.1.3  christos       /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set it
   2136      1.1     skrll 	 up.  */
   2137      1.1     skrll 
   2138      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
   2139      1.1     skrll 
   2140      1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   2141      1.1     skrll       sgotplt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   2142      1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   2143      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL
   2144      1.1     skrll 		  && (! has_gotplt || srela != NULL));
   2145      1.1     skrll 
   2146      1.1     skrll       got_base = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
   2147      1.1     skrll 
   2148      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   2149      1.1     skrll       if (! info->shared)
   2150      1.1     skrll 	{
   2151      1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, plt_entry,
   2152      1.1     skrll 		  plt_entry_size);
   2153      1.1     skrll 
   2154      1.1     skrll 	  /* We need to enter the absolute address of the GOT entry here.  */
   2155      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_base + got_offset,
   2156      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off1);
   2157      1.1     skrll 	}
   2158      1.1     skrll       else
   2159      1.1     skrll 	{
   2160      1.1     skrll 	  memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset, plt_pic_entry,
   2161      1.1     skrll 		  plt_entry_size);
   2162      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, got_offset,
   2163      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off1);
   2164      1.1     skrll 	}
   2165  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2166      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the plt entry and make a relocation, if this is a "real"
   2167      1.1     skrll 	 PLT entry.  */
   2168      1.1     skrll       if (has_gotplt)
   2169      1.1     skrll 	{
   2170      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the offset to the reloc table.  */
   2171      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2172      1.1     skrll 		      rela_plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
   2173      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off2);
   2174      1.1     skrll 
   2175      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the offset to the first PLT entry, where to "jump".  */
   2176      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2177      1.1     skrll 		      - (h->plt.offset + plt_off3 + plt_off3_value_bias),
   2178      1.1     skrll 		      splt->contents + h->plt.offset + plt_off3);
   2179      1.1     skrll 
   2180      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table with the address of
   2181      1.1     skrll 	     the relocating stub.  */
   2182      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2183      1.1     skrll 		      (splt->output_section->vma
   2184      1.1     skrll 		       + splt->output_offset
   2185      1.1     skrll 		       + h->plt.offset
   2186      1.1     skrll 		       + plt_stub_offset),
   2187      1.1     skrll 		      sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
   2188  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2189      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   2190      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
   2191      1.1     skrll 			   + sgotplt->output_offset
   2192      1.1     skrll 			   + got_offset);
   2193      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT);
   2194      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   2195      1.1     skrll 	  loc = srela->contents + rela_plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2196      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2197      1.1     skrll 	}
   2198      1.1     skrll 
   2199      1.1     skrll       if (!h->def_regular)
   2200      1.1     skrll 	{
   2201      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
   2202      1.1     skrll 	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
   2203      1.1     skrll 	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
   2204      1.1     skrll 
   2205      1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: From elf32-sparc.c 2001-02-19 (1.18).  I still don't
   2206      1.1     skrll 	     know whether resetting the value is significant; if it really
   2207      1.1     skrll 	     is, rather than a quirk or bug in the sparc port, then I
   2208      1.1     skrll 	     believe we'd see this elsewhere.  */
   2209      1.1     skrll 	  /* If the symbol is weak, we do need to clear the value.
   2210      1.1     skrll 	     Otherwise, the PLT entry would provide a definition for
   2211      1.1     skrll 	     the symbol even if the symbol wasn't defined anywhere,
   2212      1.1     skrll 	     and so the symbol would never be NULL.  */
   2213      1.1     skrll 	  if (!h->ref_regular_nonweak)
   2214      1.1     skrll 	    sym->st_value = 0;
   2215      1.1     skrll 	}
   2216      1.1     skrll     }
   2217  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2218      1.1     skrll   /* For an ordinary program, we emit .got relocs only for symbols that
   2219      1.1     skrll      are in the dynamic-symbols table and are either defined by the
   2220      1.1     skrll      program or are undefined weak symbols, or are function symbols
   2221      1.1     skrll      where we do not output a PLT: the PLT reloc was output above and all
   2222      1.1     skrll      references to the function symbol are redirected to the PLT.  */
   2223      1.1     skrll   if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
   2224      1.1     skrll       && (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   2225      1.1     skrll       && (info->shared
   2226      1.1     skrll 	  || (h->dynindx != -1
   2227      1.1     skrll 	      && h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
   2228      1.1     skrll 	      && !h->def_regular
   2229      1.1     skrll 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
   2230      1.1     skrll     {
   2231      1.1     skrll       asection *sgot;
   2232  1.1.1.3  christos       asection *srela;
   2233  1.1.1.3  christos       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2234      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   2235      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *where;
   2236      1.1     skrll 
   2237      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it up.  */
   2238      1.1     skrll 
   2239      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   2240      1.1     skrll       srela = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2241      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srela != NULL);
   2242      1.1     skrll 
   2243      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
   2244      1.1     skrll 		       + sgot->output_offset
   2245      1.1     skrll 		       + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
   2246      1.1     skrll 
   2247      1.1     skrll       /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
   2248      1.1     skrll 	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
   2249      1.1     skrll 	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
   2250      1.1     skrll 	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
   2251      1.1     skrll 	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
   2252      1.1     skrll       where = sgot->contents + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1);
   2253      1.1     skrll       if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
   2254      1.1     skrll 	  || (info->shared
   2255      1.1     skrll 	      && (info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
   2256      1.1     skrll 	      && h->def_regular))
   2257      1.1     skrll 	{
   2258      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_CRIS_RELATIVE);
   2259      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = bfd_get_signed_32 (output_bfd, where);
   2260      1.1     skrll 	}
   2261      1.1     skrll       else
   2262      1.1     skrll 	{
   2263      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, where);
   2264      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT);
   2265      1.1     skrll 	  rela.r_addend = 0;
   2266      1.1     skrll 	}
   2267      1.1     skrll 
   2268      1.1     skrll       loc = srela->contents;
   2269      1.1     skrll       loc += srela->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2270      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2271      1.1     skrll     }
   2272      1.1     skrll 
   2273      1.1     skrll   if (h->needs_copy)
   2274      1.1     skrll     {
   2275      1.1     skrll       asection *s;
   2276      1.1     skrll       Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
   2277      1.1     skrll       bfd_byte *loc;
   2278  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2279      1.1     skrll       /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
   2280      1.1     skrll 
   2281      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
   2282      1.1     skrll 		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   2283      1.1     skrll 		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
   2284      1.1     skrll 
   2285      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   2286      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2287      1.1     skrll 
   2288      1.1     skrll       rela.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
   2289      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
   2290      1.1     skrll 		       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
   2291      1.1     skrll       rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_CRIS_COPY);
   2292      1.1     skrll       rela.r_addend = 0;
   2293      1.1     skrll       loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2294      1.1     skrll       bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
   2295      1.1     skrll     }
   2296      1.1     skrll 
   2297      1.1     skrll   /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  */
   2298  1.1.1.2  christos   if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
   2299  1.1.1.2  christos       || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
   2300  1.1.1.2  christos     sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
   2301      1.1     skrll 
   2302      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2303  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2304  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2305      1.1     skrll /* Finish up the dynamic sections.  Do *not* emit relocs here, as their
   2307      1.1     skrll    offsets were changed, as part of -z combreloc handling, from those we
   2308      1.1     skrll    computed.  */
   2309      1.1     skrll 
   2310      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2311      1.1     skrll elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
   2312  1.1.1.3  christos 				  struct bfd_link_info *info)
   2313      1.1     skrll {
   2314  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *dynobj;
   2315      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2316      1.1     skrll   asection *sdyn;
   2317      1.1     skrll 
   2318      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2319      1.1     skrll 
   2320      1.1     skrll   sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   2321  1.1.1.3  christos   BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
   2322      1.1     skrll   sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
   2323      1.1     skrll 
   2324      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   2325      1.1     skrll     {
   2326      1.1     skrll       asection *splt;
   2327      1.1     skrll       Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
   2328      1.1     skrll 
   2329      1.1     skrll       splt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   2330      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
   2331      1.1     skrll 
   2332      1.1     skrll       dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
   2333      1.1     skrll       dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
   2334      1.1     skrll       for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
   2335      1.1     skrll 	{
   2336      1.1     skrll 	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
   2337      1.1     skrll 	  asection *s;
   2338      1.1     skrll 
   2339      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
   2340      1.1     skrll 
   2341      1.1     skrll 	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
   2342      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2343      1.1     skrll 	    default:
   2344      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2345      1.1     skrll 
   2346      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTGOT:
   2347      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".got");
   2348      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2349      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
   2350      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2351      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2352      1.1     skrll 
   2353      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_JMPREL:
   2354      1.1     skrll 	      /* Yes, we *can* have a .plt and no .plt.rela, for instance
   2355      1.1     skrll 		 if all symbols are found in the .got (not .got.plt).  */
   2356      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   2357      1.1     skrll 	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s != NULL ? s->vma : 0;
   2358      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2359      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2360      1.1     skrll 
   2361      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
   2362      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   2363      1.1     skrll 	      if (s == NULL)
   2364      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = 0;
   2365      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2366      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
   2367      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2368      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2369      1.1     skrll 
   2370      1.1     skrll 	    case DT_RELASZ:
   2371      1.1     skrll 	      /* The procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should
   2372      1.1     skrll 		 not be included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).
   2373      1.1     skrll 		 Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry here to
   2374      1.1     skrll 		 make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since the
   2375      1.1     skrll 		 linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
   2376      1.1     skrll 		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
   2377      1.1     skrll 		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
   2378      1.1     skrll 	      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".rela.plt");
   2379      1.1     skrll 	      if (s != NULL)
   2380      1.1     skrll 		dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
   2381      1.1     skrll 	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
   2382      1.1     skrll 	      break;
   2383      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2384      1.1     skrll 	}
   2385      1.1     skrll 
   2386      1.1     skrll       /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
   2387      1.1     skrll       if (splt->size > 0)
   2388      1.1     skrll 	{
   2389      1.1     skrll 	  if (bfd_get_mach (output_bfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   2390      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2391      1.1     skrll 	      if (info->shared)
   2392      1.1     skrll 		memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry_v32,
   2393      1.1     skrll 			PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32);
   2394      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2395      1.1     skrll 		{
   2396      1.1     skrll 		  memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_plt0_entry_v32,
   2397      1.1     skrll 			  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32);
   2398      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2399      1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2400      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 4,
   2401      1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 4);
   2402      1.1     skrll 
   2403      1.1     skrll 		  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   2404      1.1     skrll 		    = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32;
   2405      1.1     skrll 		}
   2406      1.1     skrll 	    }
   2407      1.1     skrll 	  else
   2408      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2409      1.1     skrll 	      if (info->shared)
   2410      1.1     skrll 		memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_pic_plt0_entry,
   2411      1.1     skrll 			PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2412      1.1     skrll 	      else
   2413      1.1     skrll 		{
   2414      1.1     skrll 		  memcpy (splt->contents, elf_cris_plt0_entry,
   2415      1.1     skrll 			  PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2416      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2417      1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2418      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 4,
   2419      1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 6);
   2420      1.1     skrll 		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2421      1.1     skrll 			      sgot->output_section->vma
   2422      1.1     skrll 			      + sgot->output_offset + 8,
   2423      1.1     skrll 			      splt->contents + 14);
   2424      1.1     skrll 
   2425      1.1     skrll 		  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
   2426      1.1     skrll 		    = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE;
   2427      1.1     skrll 		}
   2428      1.1     skrll             }
   2429      1.1     skrll 	}
   2430      1.1     skrll     }
   2431      1.1     skrll 
   2432      1.1     skrll   /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
   2433      1.1     skrll   if (sgot->size > 0)
   2434      1.1     skrll     {
   2435      1.1     skrll       if (sdyn == NULL)
   2436      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
   2437      1.1     skrll       else
   2438      1.1     skrll 	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
   2439      1.1     skrll 		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
   2440      1.1     skrll 		    sgot->contents);
   2441      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 4);
   2442      1.1     skrll       bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + 8);
   2443      1.1     skrll     }
   2444      1.1     skrll 
   2445      1.1     skrll   elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
   2446      1.1     skrll 
   2447      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2448      1.1     skrll }
   2449      1.1     skrll 
   2450      1.1     skrll /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
   2452  1.1.1.2  christos    relocation.  */
   2453      1.1     skrll 
   2454  1.1.1.2  christos static asection *
   2455      1.1     skrll cris_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
   2456      1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2457      1.1     skrll 		       Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
   2458      1.1     skrll 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2459  1.1.1.2  christos 		       Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
   2460  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2461  1.1.1.2  christos   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2462      1.1     skrll   if (h != NULL)
   2463      1.1     skrll     switch (r_type)
   2464      1.1     skrll       {
   2465      1.1     skrll       case R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   2466      1.1     skrll       case R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY:
   2467      1.1     skrll 	return NULL;
   2468      1.1     skrll 
   2469      1.1     skrll       default:
   2470      1.1     skrll 	break;
   2471      1.1     skrll       }
   2472      1.1     skrll 
   2473      1.1     skrll   return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
   2474      1.1     skrll }
   2475  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2476      1.1     skrll /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
   2477      1.1     skrll 
   2478      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2479      1.1     skrll cris_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd,
   2480      1.1     skrll 			struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2481      1.1     skrll 			asection *sec,
   2482      1.1     skrll 			const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   2483      1.1     skrll {
   2484      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2485      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   2486      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   2487      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   2488      1.1     skrll   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
   2489      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2490      1.1     skrll   asection *sgot;
   2491  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *srelgot;
   2492  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2493  1.1.1.2  christos   if (info->relocatable)
   2494  1.1.1.2  christos     return TRUE;
   2495      1.1     skrll 
   2496      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2497      1.1     skrll   if (dynobj == NULL)
   2498      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2499  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2500  1.1.1.3  christos   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2501      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2502      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2503      1.1     skrll 
   2504      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   2505      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   2506      1.1     skrll   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   2507  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2508  1.1.1.2  christos   sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   2509  1.1.1.2  christos   srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2510      1.1     skrll 
   2511      1.1     skrll   relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   2512      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
   2513      1.1     skrll     {
   2514      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx;
   2515      1.1     skrll       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
   2516      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma got_element_size = 4;
   2517      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma *specific_refcount = NULL;
   2518      1.1     skrll       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   2519      1.1     skrll 
   2520  1.1.1.2  christos       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   2521  1.1.1.2  christos       if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   2522  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2523  1.1.1.2  christos 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   2524  1.1.1.2  christos 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   2525  1.1.1.2  christos 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   2526  1.1.1.2  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   2527  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2528  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2529  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   2530  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   2531  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   2532  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   2533  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   2534  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   2535  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   2536  1.1.1.2  christos 	  specific_refcount = h != NULL
   2537  1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? &((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->reg_got_refcount
   2538  1.1.1.2  christos 	    : &local_got_refcounts[LGOT_REG_NDX (r_symndx)];
   2539  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2540  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2541  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   2542  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   2543  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   2544  1.1.1.2  christos 	  got_element_size = 8;
   2545  1.1.1.2  christos 	  specific_refcount = h != NULL
   2546  1.1.1.2  christos 	    ? &((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->dtp_refcount
   2547  1.1.1.2  christos 	    : &local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (r_symndx)];
   2548  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2549  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2550  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   2551  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   2552  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   2553  1.1.1.2  christos 	  specific_refcount = h != NULL
   2554      1.1     skrll 	    ? &((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->tprel_refcount
   2555  1.1.1.2  christos 	    : &local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx)];
   2556  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2557  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2558  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   2559  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2560  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   2561      1.1     skrll 
   2562      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   2563      1.1     skrll 	{
   2564      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   2565  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   2566  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   2567  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   2568  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   2569  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   2570  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   2571  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   2572  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   2573      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2574  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If the counters are 0 when we got here, we've
   2575  1.1.1.2  christos 		 miscounted somehow somewhere, an internal error.  */
   2576  1.1.1.2  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (h->got.refcount > 0);
   2577      1.1     skrll 	      --h->got.refcount;
   2578      1.1     skrll 
   2579      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (*specific_refcount > 0);
   2580      1.1     skrll 	      --*specific_refcount;
   2581      1.1     skrll 	      if (*specific_refcount == 0)
   2582      1.1     skrll 		{
   2583      1.1     skrll 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   2584  1.1.1.2  christos 		  sgot->size -= got_element_size;
   2585  1.1.1.2  christos 		  srelgot->size -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2586  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   2587  1.1.1.2  christos 	      break;
   2588  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   2589  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2590  1.1.1.2  christos 	local_got_reloc:
   2591  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
   2592      1.1     skrll 	    {
   2593  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* If the counters are 0 when we got here, we've
   2594  1.1.1.2  christos 		 miscounted somehow somewhere, an internal error.  */
   2595  1.1.1.2  christos 	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0);
   2596  1.1.1.2  christos 	      --local_got_refcounts[r_symndx];
   2597      1.1     skrll 
   2598      1.1     skrll 	      BFD_ASSERT (*specific_refcount > 0);
   2599      1.1     skrll 	      --*specific_refcount;
   2600      1.1     skrll 	      if (*specific_refcount == 0)
   2601      1.1     skrll 		{
   2602      1.1     skrll 		  /* We don't need the .got entry any more.  */
   2603      1.1     skrll 		  sgot->size -= got_element_size;
   2604      1.1     skrll 		  if (info->shared)
   2605      1.1     skrll 		    srelgot->size -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2606  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   2607  1.1.1.3  christos 	    }
   2608  1.1.1.3  christos 	  break;
   2609      1.1     skrll 
   2610      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   2611      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   2612      1.1     skrll 	  /* For local symbols, treat these like GOT relocs.  */
   2613      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   2614      1.1     skrll 	    goto local_got_reloc;
   2615      1.1     skrll 	  else
   2616      1.1     skrll 	    /* For global symbols, adjust the reloc-specific refcount.  */
   2617  1.1.1.3  christos 	    elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_refcount--;
   2618  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2619  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2620      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   2621      1.1     skrll 	  /* FIXME: We don't garbage-collect away the .got section.  */
   2622      1.1     skrll 	  if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
   2623      1.1     skrll 	    local_got_refcounts[-1]--;
   2624  1.1.1.3  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2625      1.1     skrll 
   2626      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8:
   2627      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16:
   2628      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32:
   2629      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   2630      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   2631      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   2632      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   2633  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Negate the increment we did in cris_elf_check_relocs.  */
   2634  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   2635  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   2636  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
   2637  1.1.1.2  christos 		  && h->plt.refcount > 0)
   2638  1.1.1.2  christos 		--h->plt.refcount;
   2639  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   2640  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2641  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2642  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   2643  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* This'd be a .dtpreld entry in e.g. debug info.  */
   2644  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   2645  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   2646      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   2647      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   2648      1.1     skrll 	  htab->dtpmod_refcount--;
   2649      1.1     skrll 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount == 0)
   2650      1.1     skrll 	    htab->next_gotplt_entry -= 8;
   2651      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts != NULL);
   2652      1.1     skrll 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]--;
   2653      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   2654  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2655  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   2656  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   2657  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2658  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2659  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2660  1.1.1.2  christos   return TRUE;
   2661  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2662  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2663  1.1.1.3  christos /* The elf_backend_plt_sym_val hook function.  */
   2664  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2665  1.1.1.3  christos static bfd_vma
   2666  1.1.1.3  christos cris_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *plt,
   2667  1.1.1.3  christos 		      const arelent *rel)
   2668  1.1.1.3  christos {
   2669  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type plt_entry_size;
   2670  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type pltoffs;
   2671  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd *abfd = plt->owner;
   2672  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2673  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Same for CRIS and CRIS v32; see elf_cris_(|pic_)plt_entry(|_v32)[].  */
   2674  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type plt_entry_got_offset = 2;
   2675  1.1.1.3  christos   bfd_size_type plt_sec_size;
   2676  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_size_type got_vma_for_dyn;
   2677  1.1.1.3  christos   asection *got;
   2678  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2679  1.1.1.2  christos   /* FIXME: the .got section should be readily available also when
   2680  1.1.1.3  christos      we're not linking.  */
   2681  1.1.1.3  christos   if ((got = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got")) == NULL)
   2682  1.1.1.3  christos     return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2683  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2684  1.1.1.3  christos   plt_sec_size =  bfd_section_size (plt->owner, plt);
   2685  1.1.1.3  christos   plt_entry_size
   2686  1.1.1.3  christos     = (bfd_get_mach (abfd) == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   2687  1.1.1.3  christos        ? PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 : PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2688  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2689  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Data in PLT is GOT-relative for DYN, but absolute for EXE.  */
   2690  1.1.1.3  christos   got_vma_for_dyn = (abfd->flags & EXEC_P) ? 0 : got->vma;
   2691  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2692  1.1.1.3  christos   /* Because we can have merged GOT entries; a single .got entry for
   2693  1.1.1.3  christos      both GOT and the PLT part of the GOT (.got.plt), the index of the
   2694  1.1.1.3  christos      reloc in .rela.plt is not the same as the index in the PLT.
   2695  1.1.1.3  christos      Instead, we have to hunt down the GOT offset in the PLT that
   2696  1.1.1.3  christos      corresponds to that of this reloc.  Unfortunately, we will only
   2697  1.1.1.3  christos      be called for the .rela.plt relocs, so we'll miss synthetic
   2698  1.1.1.3  christos      symbols for .plt entries with merged GOT entries.  (FIXME:
   2699  1.1.1.3  christos      fixable by providing our own bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab.
   2700  1.1.1.3  christos      Doesn't seem worthwile at time of this writing.)  FIXME: we've
   2701  1.1.1.3  christos      gone from O(1) to O(N) (N number of PLT entries) for finding each
   2702  1.1.1.3  christos      PLT address.  Shouldn't matter in practice though.  */
   2703  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2704  1.1.1.3  christos   for (pltoffs = plt_entry_size;
   2705  1.1.1.3  christos        pltoffs < plt_sec_size;
   2706  1.1.1.3  christos        pltoffs += plt_entry_size)
   2707  1.1.1.3  christos     {
   2708  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_size_type got_offset;
   2709  1.1.1.3  christos       bfd_byte gotoffs_raw[4];
   2710  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2711  1.1.1.3  christos       if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, (asection *) plt, gotoffs_raw,
   2712  1.1.1.3  christos 				     pltoffs + plt_entry_got_offset,
   2713  1.1.1.3  christos 				     sizeof (gotoffs_raw)))
   2714  1.1.1.3  christos 	return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2715  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2716  1.1.1.2  christos       got_offset = bfd_get_32 (abfd, gotoffs_raw);
   2717      1.1     skrll       if (got_offset + got_vma_for_dyn == rel->address)
   2718      1.1     skrll 	return plt->vma + pltoffs;
   2719      1.1     skrll     }
   2720      1.1     skrll 
   2721      1.1     skrll   /* While it's tempting to BFD_ASSERT that we shouldn't get here,
   2722      1.1     skrll      that'd not be graceful behavior for invalid input.  */
   2723      1.1     skrll   return (bfd_vma) -1;
   2724      1.1     skrll }
   2725  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2726      1.1     skrll /* Make sure we emit a GOT entry if the symbol was supposed to have a PLT
   2727      1.1     skrll    entry but we found we will not create any.  Called when we find we will
   2728      1.1     skrll    not have any PLT for this symbol, by for example
   2729  1.1.1.3  christos    elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol when we're doing a proper dynamic link,
   2730  1.1.1.3  christos    or elf_cris_size_dynamic_sections if no dynamic sections will be
   2731  1.1.1.3  christos    created (we're only linking static objects).  */
   2732  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2733      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2734      1.1     skrll elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
   2735      1.1     skrll {
   2736      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) p;
   2737      1.1     skrll 
   2738  1.1.1.2  christos   /* A GOTPLT reloc, when activated, is supposed to be included into
   2739      1.1     skrll      the PLT refcount.  */
   2740  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (h->gotplt_refcount == 0
   2741  1.1.1.2  christos 	      || h->gotplt_refcount <= h->root.plt.refcount);
   2742      1.1     skrll 
   2743      1.1     skrll   /* If nobody wanted a GOTPLT with this symbol, we're done.  */
   2744  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->gotplt_refcount <= 0)
   2745      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2746      1.1     skrll 
   2747      1.1     skrll   if (h->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   2748      1.1     skrll     {
   2749      1.1     skrll       /* There's a GOT entry for this symbol.  Just adjust the refcounts.
   2750      1.1     skrll 	 Probably not necessary at this stage, but keeping them accurate
   2751      1.1     skrll 	 helps avoiding surprises later.  */
   2752      1.1     skrll       h->root.got.refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2753      1.1     skrll       h->reg_got_refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2754      1.1     skrll       h->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2755  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   2756  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   2757      1.1     skrll     {
   2758  1.1.1.2  christos       /* No GOT entry for this symbol.  We need to create one.  */
   2759  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2760  1.1.1.2  christos       asection *sgot;
   2761      1.1     skrll       asection *srelgot;
   2762      1.1     skrll 
   2763      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   2764      1.1     skrll       sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   2765      1.1     skrll       srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   2766      1.1     skrll 
   2767      1.1     skrll       /* Put accurate refcounts there.  */
   2768      1.1     skrll       h->root.got.refcount += h->gotplt_refcount;
   2769      1.1     skrll       h->reg_got_refcount = h->gotplt_refcount;
   2770      1.1     skrll 
   2771      1.1     skrll       h->gotplt_refcount = 0;
   2772      1.1     skrll 
   2773      1.1     skrll       /* We always have a .got and a .rela.got section if there were
   2774      1.1     skrll 	 GOTPLT relocs in input.  */
   2775      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
   2776      1.1     skrll 
   2777      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   2778      1.1     skrll       sgot->size += 4;
   2779      1.1     skrll 
   2780      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   2781      1.1     skrll       srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   2782      1.1     skrll     }
   2783      1.1     skrll 
   2784      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   2785      1.1     skrll }
   2786      1.1     skrll 
   2787      1.1     skrll /* Try to fold PLT entries with GOT entries.  There are two cases when we
   2788      1.1     skrll    want to do this:
   2789      1.1     skrll 
   2790      1.1     skrll    - When all PLT references are GOTPLT references, and there are GOT
   2791      1.1     skrll      references, and this is not the executable.  We don't have to
   2792      1.1     skrll      generate a PLT at all.
   2793      1.1     skrll 
   2794      1.1     skrll    - When there are both (ordinary) PLT references and GOT references,
   2795      1.1     skrll      and this isn't the executable.
   2796      1.1     skrll      We want to make the PLT reference use the ordinary GOT entry rather
   2797      1.1     skrll      than R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT, a run-time dynamically resolved GOTPLT entry,
   2798      1.1     skrll      since the GOT entry will have to be resolved at startup anyway.
   2799      1.1     skrll 
   2800      1.1     skrll    Though the latter case is handled when room for the PLT is allocated,
   2801      1.1     skrll    not here.
   2802      1.1     skrll 
   2803  1.1.1.3  christos    By folding into the GOT, we may need a round-trip to a PLT in the
   2804      1.1     skrll    executable for calls, a loss in performance.  Still, losing a
   2805      1.1     skrll    reloc is a win in size and at least in start-up time.
   2806      1.1     skrll 
   2807      1.1     skrll    Note that this function is called before symbols are forced local by
   2808      1.1     skrll    version scripts.  The differing cases are handled by
   2809      1.1     skrll    elf_cris_hide_symbol.  */
   2810      1.1     skrll 
   2811      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   2812      1.1     skrll elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h, void * p)
   2813      1.1     skrll {
   2814      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) p;
   2815      1.1     skrll 
   2816      1.1     skrll   /* If there are no GOT references for this symbol, we can't fold any
   2817      1.1     skrll      other reference so there's nothing to do.  Likewise if there are no
   2818      1.1     skrll      PLT references; GOTPLT references included.  */
   2819      1.1     skrll   if (h->root.got.refcount <= 0 || h->root.plt.refcount <= 0)
   2820      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   2821      1.1     skrll 
   2822      1.1     skrll   /* GOTPLT relocs are supposed to be included into the PLT refcount.  */
   2823      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (h->gotplt_refcount <= h->root.plt.refcount);
   2824      1.1     skrll 
   2825      1.1     skrll   if (h->gotplt_refcount == h->root.plt.refcount)
   2826      1.1     skrll     {
   2827      1.1     skrll       /* The only PLT references are GOTPLT references, and there are GOT
   2828      1.1     skrll 	 references.  Convert PLT to GOT references.  */
   2829      1.1     skrll       if (! elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got (h, info))
   2830      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2831      1.1     skrll 
   2832      1.1     skrll       /* Clear the PLT references, so no PLT will be created.  */
   2833      1.1     skrll       h->root.plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2834      1.1     skrll     }
   2835  1.1.1.3  christos 
   2836  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   2837  1.1.1.3  christos }
   2838      1.1     skrll 
   2839      1.1     skrll /* Our own version of hide_symbol, so that we can adjust a GOTPLT reloc
   2840      1.1     skrll    to use a GOT entry (and create one) rather than requiring a GOTPLT
   2841      1.1     skrll    entry.  */
   2842      1.1     skrll 
   2843      1.1     skrll static void
   2844      1.1     skrll elf_cris_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2845      1.1     skrll 		      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
   2846      1.1     skrll 		      bfd_boolean force_local)
   2847      1.1     skrll {
   2848      1.1     skrll   elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h, info);
   2849      1.1     skrll 
   2850      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, force_local);
   2851  1.1.1.2  christos }
   2852  1.1.1.2  christos 
   2853      1.1     skrll /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
   2854  1.1.1.2  christos    regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
   2855      1.1     skrll    dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
   2856      1.1     skrll    change the definition to something the rest of the link can
   2857      1.1     skrll    understand.  */
   2858      1.1     skrll 
   2859  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_boolean
   2860  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   2861  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
   2862  1.1.1.2  christos {
   2863      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   2864      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   2865      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   2866      1.1     skrll   bfd_size_type plt_entry_size;
   2867      1.1     skrll 
   2868      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   2869      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   2870      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   2871      1.1     skrll 
   2872      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   2873      1.1     skrll 
   2874      1.1     skrll   /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
   2875      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
   2876      1.1     skrll 	      && (h->needs_plt
   2877      1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
   2878      1.1     skrll 		  || (h->def_dynamic
   2879      1.1     skrll 		      && h->ref_regular
   2880      1.1     skrll 		      && !h->def_regular)));
   2881      1.1     skrll 
   2882      1.1     skrll   plt_entry_size
   2883      1.1     skrll     = (bfd_get_mach (dynobj) == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   2884      1.1     skrll        ? PLT_ENTRY_SIZE_V32 : PLT_ENTRY_SIZE);
   2885      1.1     skrll 
   2886      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
   2887      1.1     skrll      will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
   2888      1.1     skrll      when we know the address of the .got section.  */
   2889      1.1     skrll   if (h->type == STT_FUNC
   2890      1.1     skrll       || h->needs_plt)
   2891      1.1     skrll     {
   2892      1.1     skrll       /* If we link a program (not a DSO), we'll get rid of unnecessary
   2893      1.1     skrll 	 PLT entries; we point to the actual symbols -- even for pic
   2894      1.1     skrll 	 relocs, because a program built with -fpic should have the same
   2895      1.1     skrll 	 result as one built without -fpic, specifically considering weak
   2896      1.1     skrll 	 symbols.
   2897      1.1     skrll 	 FIXME: m68k and i386 differ here, for unclear reasons.  */
   2898      1.1     skrll       if (! info->shared
   2899      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_dynamic)
   2900      1.1     skrll 	{
   2901      1.1     skrll 	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input file,
   2902      1.1     skrll 	     but the symbol was not defined by a dynamic object.  In such
   2903      1.1     skrll 	     a case, we don't actually need to build a procedure linkage
   2904      1.1     skrll 	     table, and we can just do an absolute or PC reloc instead, or
   2905      1.1     skrll 	     change a .got.plt index to a .got index for GOTPLT relocs.  */
   2906      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (h->needs_plt);
   2907      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2908      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2909      1.1     skrll 	  return
   2910      1.1     skrll 	    elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got ((struct
   2911      1.1     skrll 					    elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h,
   2912      1.1     skrll 					   info);
   2913      1.1     skrll 	}
   2914      1.1     skrll 
   2915      1.1     skrll       /* If we had a R_CRIS_GLOB_DAT that didn't have to point to a PLT;
   2916      1.1     skrll 	 where a pointer-equivalent symbol was unimportant (i.e. more
   2917      1.1     skrll 	 like R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT after symbol evaluation) we could get rid
   2918      1.1     skrll 	 of the PLT.  We can't for the executable, because the GOT
   2919      1.1     skrll 	 entries will point to the PLT there (and be constant).  */
   2920      1.1     skrll       if (info->shared
   2921      1.1     skrll 	  && !elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry*)
   2922      1.1     skrll 					    h, info))
   2923      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   2924      1.1     skrll 
   2925      1.1     skrll       /* GC or folding may have rendered this entry unused.  */
   2926      1.1     skrll       if (h->plt.refcount <= 0)
   2927      1.1     skrll 	{
   2928      1.1     skrll 	  h->needs_plt = 0;
   2929      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   2930      1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   2931  1.1.1.3  christos 	}
   2932      1.1     skrll 
   2933      1.1     skrll       /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   2934      1.1     skrll       if (h->dynindx == -1)
   2935      1.1     skrll 	{
   2936      1.1     skrll 	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   2937      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   2938      1.1     skrll 	}
   2939      1.1     skrll 
   2940      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".plt");
   2941      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   2942      1.1     skrll 
   2943      1.1     skrll       /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
   2944      1.1     skrll 	 first entry.  */
   2945      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   2946      1.1     skrll 	s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2947      1.1     skrll 
   2948      1.1     skrll       /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
   2949      1.1     skrll 	 not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
   2950      1.1     skrll 	 location in the .plt.  */
   2951      1.1     skrll       if (!info->shared
   2952      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->def_regular)
   2953      1.1     skrll 	{
   2954      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.section = s;
   2955      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
   2956      1.1     skrll 	}
   2957      1.1     skrll 
   2958      1.1     skrll       /* If there's already a GOT entry, use that, not a .got.plt.  A
   2959      1.1     skrll 	 GOT field still has a reference count when we get here; it's
   2960      1.1     skrll 	 not yet changed to an offset.  We can't do this for an
   2961      1.1     skrll 	 executable, because then the reloc associated with the PLT
   2962      1.1     skrll 	 would get a non-PLT reloc pointing to the PLT.  FIXME: Move
   2963      1.1     skrll 	 this to elf_cris_try_fold_plt_to_got.  */
   2964      1.1     skrll       if (info->shared && h->got.refcount > 0)
   2965      1.1     skrll 	{
   2966      1.1     skrll 	  h->got.refcount += h->plt.refcount;
   2967      1.1     skrll 
   2968      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark the PLT offset to use the GOT entry by setting the low
   2969      1.1     skrll 	     bit in the plt offset; it is always a multiple of
   2970      1.1     skrll 	     plt_entry_size (which is at least a multiple of 2).  */
   2971      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT ((s->size % plt_entry_size) == 0);
   2972      1.1     skrll 
   2973      1.1     skrll 	  /* Change the PLT refcount to an offset.  */
   2974      1.1     skrll 	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2975      1.1     skrll 
   2976      1.1     skrll 	  /* By not setting gotplt_offset (i.e. it remains at 0), we signal
   2977      1.1     skrll 	     that the got entry should be used instead.  */
   2978      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *)
   2979      1.1     skrll 		       h)->gotplt_offset == 0);
   2980      1.1     skrll 
   2981      1.1     skrll 	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2982      1.1     skrll 	  s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2983      1.1     skrll 
   2984      1.1     skrll 	  return TRUE;
   2985      1.1     skrll 	}
   2986      1.1     skrll 
   2987  1.1.1.2  christos       /* No GOT reference for this symbol; prepare for an ordinary PLT.  */
   2988  1.1.1.2  christos       h->plt.offset = s->size;
   2989      1.1     skrll 
   2990  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Make room for this entry.  */
   2991      1.1     skrll       s->size += plt_entry_size;
   2992      1.1     skrll 
   2993      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
   2994      1.1     skrll 	 will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
   2995      1.1     skrll       ((struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_offset
   2996  1.1.1.3  christos 	= htab->next_gotplt_entry;
   2997      1.1     skrll       htab->next_gotplt_entry += 4;
   2998      1.1     skrll 
   2999      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got.plt");
   3000      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3001      1.1     skrll       s->size += 4;
   3002      1.1     skrll 
   3003      1.1     skrll       /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
   3004      1.1     skrll 
   3005      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.plt");
   3006      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3007      1.1     skrll       s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3008      1.1     skrll 
   3009      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3010      1.1     skrll     }
   3011      1.1     skrll 
   3012      1.1     skrll   /* Reinitialize the plt offset now that it is not used as a reference
   3013      1.1     skrll      count any more.  */
   3014      1.1     skrll   h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
   3015      1.1     skrll 
   3016      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
   3017      1.1     skrll      processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
   3018      1.1     skrll      real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
   3019      1.1     skrll   if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
   3020      1.1     skrll     {
   3021      1.1     skrll       BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
   3022      1.1     skrll 		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
   3023      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
   3024      1.1     skrll       h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
   3025      1.1     skrll       return TRUE;
   3026      1.1     skrll     }
   3027      1.1     skrll 
   3028      1.1     skrll   /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
   3029      1.1     skrll      is not a function.  */
   3030      1.1     skrll 
   3031      1.1     skrll   /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
   3032      1.1     skrll      only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
   3033      1.1     skrll      For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
   3034      1.1     skrll      be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
   3035      1.1     skrll   if (info->shared)
   3036      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3037      1.1     skrll 
   3038      1.1     skrll   /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
   3039      1.1     skrll      GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
   3040      1.1     skrll   if (!h->non_got_ref)
   3041      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3042      1.1     skrll 
   3043      1.1     skrll   /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
   3044  1.1.1.3  christos      become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
   3045      1.1     skrll      an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
   3046      1.1     skrll      object will contain position independent code, so all references
   3047      1.1     skrll      from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
   3048      1.1     skrll      offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
   3049      1.1     skrll      determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
   3050      1.1     skrll      both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
   3051  1.1.1.3  christos      same memory location for the variable.  */
   3052      1.1     skrll 
   3053      1.1     skrll   s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynbss");
   3054      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3055  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3056      1.1     skrll   /* We must generate a R_CRIS_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
   3057      1.1     skrll      copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
   3058      1.1     skrll      runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
   3059      1.1     skrll      .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
   3060      1.1     skrll   if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 && h->size != 0)
   3061      1.1     skrll     {
   3062      1.1     skrll       asection *srel;
   3063      1.1     skrll 
   3064  1.1.1.2  christos       srel = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.bss");
   3065  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
   3066  1.1.1.2  christos       srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3067  1.1.1.2  christos       h->needs_copy = 1;
   3068  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3069  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3070  1.1.1.2  christos   return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
   3071  1.1.1.2  christos }
   3072  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3073  1.1.1.2  christos /* Adjust our "subclass" elements for an indirect symbol.  */
   3074  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3075  1.1.1.2  christos static void
   3076  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3077  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
   3078  1.1.1.2  christos 			       struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
   3079  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3080  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
   3081  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3082  1.1.1.2  christos   edir = (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) dir;
   3083  1.1.1.2  christos   eind = (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *) ind;
   3084  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3085  1.1.1.2  christos   /* Only indirect symbols are replaced; we're not interested in
   3086  1.1.1.2  christos      updating any of EIND's fields for other symbols.  */
   3087  1.1.1.2  christos   if (eind->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
   3088  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3089  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Still, we need to copy flags for e.g. weak definitions.  */
   3090  1.1.1.2  christos       _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   3091  1.1.1.2  christos       return;
   3092  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3093  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3094  1.1.1.2  christos   BFD_ASSERT (edir->gotplt_offset == 0 || eind->gotplt_offset == 0);
   3095  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3096  1.1.1.2  christos #define XMOVOPZ(F, OP, Z) edir->F OP eind->F; eind->F = Z
   3097  1.1.1.2  christos #define XMOVE(F) XMOVOPZ (F, +=, 0)
   3098  1.1.1.2  christos   if (eind->pcrel_relocs_copied != NULL)
   3099  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3100  1.1.1.2  christos       if (edir->pcrel_relocs_copied != NULL)
   3101  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3102  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied **pp;
   3103  1.1.1.2  christos 	  struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   3104  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3105  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
   3106  1.1.1.2  christos 	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
   3107  1.1.1.2  christos 	  for (pp = &eind->pcrel_relocs_copied; *pp != NULL;)
   3108  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3109  1.1.1.2  christos 	      struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *q;
   3110  1.1.1.2  christos 	      p = *pp;
   3111  1.1.1.2  christos 	      for (q = edir->pcrel_relocs_copied; q != NULL; q = q->next)
   3112  1.1.1.2  christos 		if (q->section == p->section)
   3113  1.1.1.2  christos 		  {
   3114  1.1.1.2  christos 		    q->count += p->count;
   3115  1.1.1.2  christos 		    *pp = p->next;
   3116  1.1.1.2  christos 		    break;
   3117  1.1.1.2  christos 		  }
   3118  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (q == NULL)
   3119  1.1.1.2  christos 		pp = &p->next;
   3120  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3121  1.1.1.2  christos 	  *pp = edir->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3122  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3123  1.1.1.2  christos       XMOVOPZ (pcrel_relocs_copied, =, NULL);
   3124  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3125  1.1.1.2  christos   XMOVE (gotplt_refcount);
   3126  1.1.1.2  christos   XMOVE (gotplt_offset);
   3127      1.1     skrll   XMOVE (reg_got_refcount);
   3128      1.1     skrll   XMOVE (tprel_refcount);
   3129      1.1     skrll   XMOVE (dtp_refcount);
   3130  1.1.1.2  christos #undef XMOVE
   3131  1.1.1.2  christos #undef XMOVOPZ
   3132  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3133  1.1.1.2  christos   _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
   3134      1.1     skrll }
   3135  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3136      1.1     skrll /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.  */
   3137      1.1     skrll 
   3138      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3139      1.1     skrll cris_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd,
   3140      1.1     skrll 		       struct bfd_link_info *info,
   3141      1.1     skrll 		       asection *sec,
   3142      1.1     skrll 		       const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
   3143      1.1     skrll {
   3144      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   3145      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3146      1.1     skrll   Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
   3147      1.1     skrll   struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
   3148      1.1     skrll   bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
   3149  1.1.1.2  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
   3150  1.1.1.2  christos   const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
   3151  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *sgot;
   3152  1.1.1.2  christos   asection *srelgot;
   3153      1.1     skrll   asection *sreloc;
   3154      1.1     skrll 
   3155      1.1     skrll   if (info->relocatable)
   3156      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   3157      1.1     skrll 
   3158      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   3159      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   3160      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3161      1.1     skrll 
   3162      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3163      1.1     skrll   symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
   3164      1.1     skrll   sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
   3165      1.1     skrll   local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
   3166      1.1     skrll 
   3167      1.1     skrll   sgot = NULL;
   3168  1.1.1.2  christos   srelgot = NULL;
   3169  1.1.1.2  christos   sreloc = NULL;
   3170      1.1     skrll 
   3171      1.1     skrll   rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
   3172      1.1     skrll   for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
   3173  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3174  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
   3175  1.1.1.2  christos       unsigned long r_symndx;
   3176  1.1.1.2  christos       enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type;
   3177      1.1     skrll       bfd_signed_vma got_element_size = 4;
   3178      1.1     skrll       unsigned long r_symndx_lgot = INT_MAX;
   3179      1.1     skrll 
   3180      1.1     skrll       r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
   3181      1.1     skrll       if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
   3182      1.1     skrll 	{
   3183      1.1     skrll 	  h = NULL;
   3184      1.1     skrll 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_REG_NDX (r_symndx);
   3185      1.1     skrll 	}
   3186      1.1     skrll       else
   3187      1.1     skrll 	{
   3188      1.1     skrll 	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
   3189      1.1     skrll 	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
   3190      1.1     skrll 		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
   3191  1.1.1.2  christos 	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
   3192  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3193  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3194  1.1.1.2  christos       r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
   3195  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3196  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Some relocs require linker-created sections; we need to hang them
   3197  1.1.1.2  christos 	 on the first input bfd we found that contained dynamic relocs.  */
   3198  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3199  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3200  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3201  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3202  1.1.1.2  christos 	    /* This'd be a .dtpreld entry in e.g. debug info.  We have
   3203  1.1.1.2  christos 	       several different switch statements below, but none of
   3204  1.1.1.2  christos 	       that is needed; we need no preparations for resolving
   3205  1.1.1.2  christos 	       R_CRIS_32_DTPREL into a non-allocated section (debug
   3206  1.1.1.2  christos 	       info), so let's just move on to the next
   3207  1.1.1.2  christos 	       relocation.  */
   3208  1.1.1.2  christos 	    continue;
   3209  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3210  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3211  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The first .got.plt entry is right after the R_CRIS_DTPMOD
   3212  1.1.1.2  christos 	     entry at index 3. */
   3213  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (htab->dtpmod_refcount == 0)
   3214  1.1.1.2  christos 	    htab->next_gotplt_entry += 8;
   3215  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3216      1.1     skrll 	  htab->dtpmod_refcount++;
   3217      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3218      1.1     skrll 
   3219      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3220      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3221      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3222      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3223      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3224      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3225      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3226      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3227      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   3228      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   3229      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   3230      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3231      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3232      1.1     skrll 	  if (dynobj == NULL)
   3233      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3234      1.1     skrll 	      elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
   3235      1.1     skrll 
   3236      1.1     skrll 	      /* We could handle this if we can get a handle on the
   3237      1.1     skrll 		 output bfd in elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol.  Failing
   3238      1.1     skrll 		 that, we must insist on dynobj being a specific mach.  */
   3239      1.1     skrll 	      if (bfd_get_mach (dynobj) == bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32)
   3240      1.1     skrll 		{
   3241      1.1     skrll 		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3242      1.1     skrll 		    (_("%B, section %A:\n  v10/v32 compatible object %s"
   3243      1.1     skrll 		       " must not contain a PIC relocation"),
   3244  1.1.1.2  christos 		     abfd, sec);
   3245  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return FALSE;
   3246  1.1.1.3  christos 		}
   3247  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3248  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Create the .got section, so we can assume it's always
   3249  1.1.1.2  christos 		 present whenever there's a dynobj.  */
   3250  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
   3251  1.1.1.2  christos 		return FALSE;
   3252  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3253  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3254  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sgot == NULL)
   3255  1.1.1.2  christos 	    sgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".got");
   3256  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3257  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3258  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3259  1.1.1.2  christos 	      bfd_size_type amt;
   3260  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3261  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* We use index local_got_refcounts[-1] to count all
   3262  1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT-relative relocations that do not have explicit
   3263  1.1.1.2  christos 		 GOT entries.  */
   3264      1.1     skrll 	      amt = LGOT_ALLOC_NELTS_FOR (symtab_hdr->sh_info) + 1;
   3265      1.1     skrll 	      amt *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
   3266      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt));
   3267      1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
   3268      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3269      1.1     skrll 
   3270      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts++;
   3271      1.1     skrll 	      elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
   3272      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3273      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3274  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3275  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3276  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3277  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3278  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3279  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Some relocs require a global offset table (but perhaps not a
   3280  1.1.1.2  christos 	 specific GOT entry).  */
   3281  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3282  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3283  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3284  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3285  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Not requesting .got.rela for an executable: the contents
   3286  1.1.1.2  christos 	     of the first entry is constant there.  For a shared
   3287  1.1.1.2  christos 	     library, we need .got.rela for the R_CRIS_DTPMOD
   3288  1.1.1.2  christos 	     relocation at index 3.  */
   3289  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (!info->shared)
   3290  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3291  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3292      1.1     skrll 
   3293      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3294      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3295      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3296      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3297      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3298      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3299      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3300      1.1     skrll 
   3301      1.1     skrll 	  /* For R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT and R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT, we need a GOT
   3302      1.1     skrll 	     entry only for local symbols.  Unfortunately, we don't know
   3303      1.1     skrll 	     until later on if there's a version script that forces the
   3304      1.1     skrll 	     symbol local.  We must have the .rela.got section in place
   3305      1.1     skrll 	     before we know if the symbol looks global now, so we need
   3306  1.1.1.3  christos 	     to treat the reloc just like for R_CRIS_16_GOT and
   3307      1.1     skrll 	     R_CRIS_32_GOT.  */
   3308      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3309  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3310  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3311  1.1.1.3  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3312  1.1.1.3  christos 	  if (srelgot == NULL
   3313  1.1.1.3  christos 	      && (h != NULL || info->shared))
   3314  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3315      1.1     skrll 	      srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3316      1.1     skrll 	      if (srelgot == NULL)
   3317      1.1     skrll 		{
   3318      1.1     skrll 		  flagword flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
   3319      1.1     skrll 				    | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
   3320  1.1.1.2  christos 				    | SEC_READONLY);
   3321      1.1     skrll 		  srelgot = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj,
   3322  1.1.1.2  christos 								".rela.got",
   3323  1.1.1.2  christos 								flags);
   3324  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (srelgot == NULL
   3325      1.1     skrll 		      || !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, srelgot, 2))
   3326  1.1.1.2  christos 		    return FALSE;
   3327  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3328  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3329  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3330  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3331  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3332  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3333  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3334      1.1     skrll 
   3335  1.1.1.2  christos       /* Warn and error for invalid input.  */
   3336  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3337  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3338  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3339  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3340  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3341  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3342  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->shared)
   3343  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3344  1.1.1.2  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3345  1.1.1.2  christos 		(_("%B, section %A:\n  relocation %s not valid"
   3346  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " in a shared object;"
   3347  1.1.1.2  christos 		   " typically an option mixup, recompile with -fPIC"),
   3348  1.1.1.2  christos 		 abfd,
   3349      1.1     skrll 		 sec,
   3350  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   3351  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Don't return FALSE here; we want messages for all of
   3352  1.1.1.2  christos 		 these and the error behavior is ungraceful
   3353  1.1.1.2  christos 		 anyway.  */
   3354  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3355  1.1.1.2  christos 	default:
   3356  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3357  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3358  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3359      1.1     skrll       switch (r_type)
   3360  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3361  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3362  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3363  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3364  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* These are requests for tls_index entries, run-time R_CRIS_DTP.  */
   3365  1.1.1.2  christos 	  got_element_size = 8;
   3366  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_DTP_NDX (r_symndx);
   3367  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3368  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3369  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3370  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3371  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* These two just request for the constant-index
   3372  1.1.1.2  christos 	     module-local tls_index-sized GOT entry, which we add
   3373  1.1.1.2  christos 	     elsewhere.  */
   3374  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3375  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3376  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3377      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3378      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3379  1.1.1.2  christos 	  r_symndx_lgot = LGOT_TPREL_NDX (r_symndx);
   3380  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3381  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Those relocs also require that a DSO is of type
   3382  1.1.1.2  christos 	     Initial Exec.  Like other targets, we don't reset this
   3383      1.1     skrll 	     flag even if the relocs are GC:ed away.  */
   3384      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared)
   3385      1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
   3386      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3387      1.1     skrll 
   3388      1.1     skrll 	  /* Let's list the other assembler-generated TLS-relocs too,
   3389      1.1     skrll 	     just to show that they're not forgotten. */
   3390      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3391      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3392      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3393      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3394      1.1     skrll 	}
   3395      1.1     skrll 
   3396  1.1.1.2  christos       switch (r_type)
   3397      1.1     skrll         {
   3398      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOTPLT:
   3399      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTPLT:
   3400      1.1     skrll 	  /* Mark that we need a GOT entry if the PLT entry (and its GOT
   3401      1.1     skrll 	     entry) is eliminated.  We can only do this for a non-local
   3402      1.1     skrll 	     symbol.  */
   3403  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3404  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3405  1.1.1.2  christos 	      elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->gotplt_refcount++;
   3406  1.1.1.2  christos 	      goto handle_gotplt_reloc;
   3407  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3408  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If h is NULL then this is a local symbol, and we must make a
   3409      1.1     skrll 	     GOT entry for it, so handle it like a GOT reloc.  */
   3410      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3411      1.1     skrll 
   3412      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3413      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3414      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3415      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3416      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3417      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3418      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3419      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3420      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry.  */
   3421      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3422      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3423  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (h->got.refcount == 0)
   3424  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3425      1.1     skrll 		  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.  */
   3426  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (h->dynindx == -1)
   3427  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3428  1.1.1.2  christos 		      if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
   3429  1.1.1.2  christos 			return FALSE;
   3430  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3431  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3432  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3433  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Update the sum of reloc counts for this symbol.  */
   3434  1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->got.refcount++;
   3435  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3436  1.1.1.2  christos 	      switch (r_type)
   3437  1.1.1.2  christos 		{
   3438  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT:
   3439  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT:
   3440  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount == 0)
   3441  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3442  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3443  1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3444  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3445  1.1.1.2  christos 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3446  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3447  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->reg_got_refcount++;
   3448  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   3449  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3450  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GD:
   3451  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT_GD:
   3452  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT_GD:
   3453  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->dtp_refcount == 0)
   3454  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3455  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3456  1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3457  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3458  1.1.1.2  christos 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3459  1.1.1.2  christos 		    }
   3460  1.1.1.2  christos 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->dtp_refcount++;
   3461  1.1.1.2  christos 		  break;
   3462  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3463  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_IE:
   3464  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_32_GOT_TPREL:
   3465  1.1.1.2  christos 		case R_CRIS_16_GOT_TPREL:
   3466  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount == 0)
   3467  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3468  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate space in the .got section.  */
   3469  1.1.1.2  christos 		      sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3470  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* Allocate relocation space.  */
   3471      1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3472      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3473      1.1     skrll 		  elf_cris_hash_entry (h)->tprel_refcount++;
   3474      1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3475  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3476      1.1     skrll 		default:
   3477  1.1.1.2  christos 		  BFD_FAIL ();
   3478      1.1     skrll 		  break;
   3479      1.1     skrll 		}
   3480  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3481  1.1.1.2  christos 	  else
   3482  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3483  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol.  */
   3484      1.1     skrll 	      if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx_lgot] == 0)
   3485      1.1     skrll 		{
   3486      1.1     skrll 		  sgot->size += got_element_size;
   3487  1.1.1.2  christos 		  if (info->shared)
   3488  1.1.1.2  christos 		    {
   3489  1.1.1.2  christos 		      /* If we are generating a shared object, we need
   3490  1.1.1.2  christos 			 to output a R_CRIS_RELATIVE reloc so that the
   3491      1.1     skrll 			 dynamic linker can adjust this GOT entry.
   3492      1.1     skrll 			 Similarly for non-regular got entries.  */
   3493      1.1     skrll 		      srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3494      1.1     skrll 		    }
   3495  1.1.1.2  christos 		}
   3496  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Update the reloc-specific count.  */
   3497      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx_lgot]++;
   3498      1.1     skrll 
   3499      1.1     skrll 	      /* This one is the sum of all the others.  */
   3500      1.1     skrll 	      local_got_refcounts[r_symndx]++;
   3501      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3502      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3503      1.1     skrll 
   3504      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_DTPREL:
   3505      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_DTPREL:
   3506      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_GOTREL:
   3507      1.1     skrll 	  /* This reference requires a global offset table.
   3508      1.1     skrll 	     FIXME: The actual refcount isn't used currently; the .got
   3509      1.1     skrll 	     section can't be removed if there were any references in the
   3510      1.1     skrll 	     input.  */
   3511      1.1     skrll 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]++;
   3512      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3513      1.1     skrll 
   3514      1.1     skrll 	handle_gotplt_reloc:
   3515      1.1     skrll 
   3516      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_GOTREL:
   3517      1.1     skrll 	  /* This reference requires a global offset table.  */
   3518      1.1     skrll 	  local_got_refcounts[-1]++;
   3519      1.1     skrll 	  /* Fall through.  */
   3520      1.1     skrll 
   3521      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PLT_PCREL:
   3522      1.1     skrll 	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
   3523      1.1     skrll 	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
   3524      1.1     skrll              because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
   3525      1.1     skrll              never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
   3526      1.1     skrll              don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
   3527      1.1     skrll              after all.  */
   3528      1.1     skrll 
   3529      1.1     skrll 	  /* Beware: if we'd check for visibility of the symbol here
   3530      1.1     skrll 	     (and not marking the need for a PLT when non-visible), we'd
   3531      1.1     skrll 	     get into trouble with keeping handling consistent with
   3532      1.1     skrll 	     regards to relocs found before definition and GOTPLT
   3533      1.1     skrll 	     handling.  Eliminable PLT entries will be dealt with later
   3534      1.1     skrll 	     anyway.  */
   3535      1.1     skrll 	  if (h == NULL)
   3536      1.1     skrll 	    continue;
   3537  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3538  1.1.1.2  christos 	  h->needs_plt = 1;
   3539  1.1.1.2  christos 	  h->plt.refcount++;
   3540  1.1.1.2  christos 	  break;
   3541  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3542  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_8:
   3543  1.1.1.2  christos 	case R_CRIS_16:
   3544      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32:
   3545      1.1     skrll 	  /* Let's help debug shared library creation.  Any of these
   3546      1.1     skrll 	     relocs *can* be used in shared libs, but pages containing
   3547      1.1     skrll 	     them cannot be shared, so they're not appropriate for
   3548      1.1     skrll 	     common use.  Don't warn for sections we don't care about,
   3549      1.1     skrll 	     such as debug sections or non-constant sections.  We
   3550      1.1     skrll 	     can't help tables of (global) function pointers, for
   3551      1.1     skrll 	     example, though they must be emitted in a (writable) data
   3552      1.1     skrll 	     section to avoid having impure text sections.  */
   3553      1.1     skrll 	  if (info->shared
   3554      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
   3555      1.1     skrll 	      && (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3556  1.1.1.3  christos 	    {
   3557  1.1.1.3  christos 	      /* FIXME: How do we make this optionally a warning only?  */
   3558  1.1.1.3  christos 	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
   3559  1.1.1.3  christos 		(_("%B, section %A:\n  relocation %s should not"
   3560  1.1.1.3  christos 		   " be used in a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   3561  1.1.1.3  christos 		 abfd,
   3562  1.1.1.2  christos 		 sec,
   3563  1.1.1.2  christos 		 cris_elf_howto_table[r_type].name);
   3564  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3565  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3566  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   3567  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   3568  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3569  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3570  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3571  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h != NULL)
   3572  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3573  1.1.1.2  christos 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   3574  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3575  1.1.1.2  christos 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   3576  1.1.1.2  christos 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   3577  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3578  1.1.1.2  christos 		h->plt.refcount++;
   3579  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3580  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3581  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   3582  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   3583  1.1.1.2  christos 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   3584  1.1.1.2  christos 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   3585  1.1.1.2  christos 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   3586  1.1.1.2  christos 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   3587  1.1.1.2  christos 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   3588  1.1.1.2  christos 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak
   3589  1.1.1.2  christos 	     definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong
   3590  1.1.1.2  christos 	     definition in a shared library.  We account for that
   3591  1.1.1.2  christos 	     possibility below by storing information in the relocs_copied
   3592  1.1.1.2  christos 	     field of the hash table entry.  A similar situation occurs
   3593  1.1.1.2  christos 	     when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   3594  1.1.1.2  christos 	     render the symbol local.  */
   3595  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3596  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No need to do anything if we're not creating a shared object.  */
   3597  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (! info->shared)
   3598  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3599  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3600  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We may need to create a reloc section in the dynobj and made room
   3601  1.1.1.2  christos 	     for this reloc.  */
   3602  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3603  1.1.1.2  christos 	    {
   3604  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   3605  1.1.1.2  christos 		(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   3606  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3607      1.1     skrll 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3608      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3609      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3610      1.1     skrll 
   3611      1.1     skrll 	  if (sec->flags & SEC_READONLY)
   3612      1.1     skrll 	    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3613      1.1     skrll 
   3614      1.1     skrll 	  sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3615      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3616      1.1     skrll 
   3617      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_8_PCREL:
   3618      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_PCREL:
   3619      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_PCREL:
   3620      1.1     skrll 	  if (h != NULL)
   3621      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3622      1.1     skrll 	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
   3623      1.1     skrll 
   3624      1.1     skrll 	      /* Make sure a plt entry is created for this symbol if it
   3625      1.1     skrll 		 turns out to be a function defined by a dynamic object.  */
   3626      1.1     skrll 	      if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
   3627      1.1     skrll 		h->plt.refcount++;
   3628      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3629      1.1     skrll 
   3630      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we are creating a shared library and this is not a local
   3631      1.1     skrll 	     symbol, we need to copy the reloc into the shared library.
   3632      1.1     skrll 	     However when linking with -Bsymbolic and this is a global
   3633      1.1     skrll 	     symbol which is defined in an object we are including in the
   3634      1.1     skrll 	     link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set), then we can resolve the
   3635      1.1     skrll 	     reloc directly.  At this point we have not seen all the input
   3636      1.1     skrll 	     files, so it is possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but
   3637      1.1     skrll 	     will be set later (it is never cleared).  In case of a weak
   3638      1.1     skrll 	     definition, DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong
   3639      1.1     skrll 	     definition in a shared library.  We account for that
   3640      1.1     skrll 	     possibility below by storing information in the relocs_copied
   3641      1.1     skrll 	     field of the hash table entry.  A similar situation occurs
   3642      1.1     skrll 	     when creating shared libraries and symbol visibility changes
   3643      1.1     skrll 	     render the symbol local.  */
   3644      1.1     skrll 
   3645  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* No need to do anything if we're not creating a shared object.  */
   3646  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (! info->shared)
   3647  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3648  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3649      1.1     skrll 	  /* We don't need to handle relocs into sections not going into
   3650  1.1.1.2  christos 	     the "real" output.  */
   3651  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
   3652  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3653  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3654  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* If the symbol is local, then we know already we can
   3655  1.1.1.2  christos 	     eliminate the reloc.  */
   3656  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (h == NULL || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
   3657  1.1.1.2  christos 	    break;
   3658  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3659      1.1     skrll 	  /* If this is with -Bsymbolic and the symbol isn't weak, and
   3660  1.1.1.2  christos 	     is defined by an ordinary object (the ones we include in
   3661  1.1.1.2  christos 	     this shared library) then we can also eliminate the
   3662      1.1     skrll 	     reloc.  See comment above for more eliminable cases which
   3663      1.1     skrll 	     we can't identify at this time.  */
   3664  1.1.1.2  christos 	  if (info->symbolic
   3665  1.1.1.2  christos 	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak
   3666      1.1     skrll 	      && h->def_regular)
   3667      1.1     skrll 	    break;
   3668  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3669      1.1     skrll 	  /* We may need to create a reloc section in the dynobj and made room
   3670      1.1     skrll 	     for this reloc.  */
   3671      1.1     skrll 	  if (sreloc == NULL)
   3672      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3673  1.1.1.2  christos 	      sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
   3674  1.1.1.2  christos 		(sec, dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   3675  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3676  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (sreloc == NULL)
   3677      1.1     skrll 		return FALSE;
   3678  1.1.1.2  christos 	    }
   3679  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3680  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sreloc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3681      1.1     skrll 
   3682  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We count the number of PC relative relocations we have
   3683      1.1     skrll 	     entered for this symbol, so that we can discard them
   3684  1.1.1.2  christos 	     again if the symbol is later defined by a regular object.
   3685  1.1.1.2  christos 	     We know that h is really a pointer to an
   3686  1.1.1.2  christos 	     elf_cris_link_hash_entry.  */
   3687      1.1     skrll 	  {
   3688  1.1.1.2  christos 	    struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *eh;
   3689  1.1.1.2  christos 	    struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *p;
   3690  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3691  1.1.1.2  christos 	    eh = elf_cris_hash_entry (h);
   3692  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3693  1.1.1.2  christos 	    for (p = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied; p != NULL; p = p->next)
   3694  1.1.1.2  christos 	      if (p->section == sec)
   3695  1.1.1.2  christos 		break;
   3696  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3697  1.1.1.2  christos 	    if (p == NULL)
   3698  1.1.1.2  christos 	      {
   3699  1.1.1.2  christos 		p = ((struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *)
   3700      1.1     skrll 		     bfd_alloc (dynobj, (bfd_size_type) sizeof *p));
   3701  1.1.1.2  christos 		if (p == NULL)
   3702  1.1.1.2  christos 		  return FALSE;
   3703      1.1     skrll 		p->next = eh->pcrel_relocs_copied;
   3704      1.1     skrll 		eh->pcrel_relocs_copied = p;
   3705      1.1     skrll 		p->section = sec;
   3706      1.1     skrll 		p->count = 0;
   3707      1.1     skrll 		p->r_type = r_type;
   3708      1.1     skrll 	      }
   3709      1.1     skrll 
   3710      1.1     skrll 	    ++p->count;
   3711      1.1     skrll 	  }
   3712      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3713      1.1     skrll 
   3714      1.1     skrll         /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
   3715      1.1     skrll            Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
   3716      1.1     skrll         case R_CRIS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
   3717      1.1     skrll           if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
   3718      1.1     skrll             return FALSE;
   3719      1.1     skrll           break;
   3720      1.1     skrll 
   3721  1.1.1.2  christos         /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
   3722  1.1.1.2  christos            used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
   3723  1.1.1.2  christos         case R_CRIS_GNU_VTENTRY:
   3724  1.1.1.2  christos           BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
   3725  1.1.1.2  christos           if (h != NULL
   3726      1.1     skrll               && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
   3727      1.1     skrll             return FALSE;
   3728      1.1     skrll           break;
   3729      1.1     skrll 
   3730      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_16_TPREL:
   3731      1.1     skrll 	case R_CRIS_32_TPREL:
   3732      1.1     skrll 	  /* Already warned above, when necessary.  */
   3733      1.1     skrll 	  break;
   3734      1.1     skrll 
   3735      1.1     skrll 	default:
   3736      1.1     skrll 	  /* Other relocs do not appear here.  */
   3737      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   3738      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   3739  1.1.1.2  christos         }
   3740  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3741      1.1     skrll 
   3742  1.1.1.2  christos   return TRUE;
   3743      1.1     skrll }
   3744      1.1     skrll 
   3745      1.1     skrll /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
   3746      1.1     skrll 
   3747      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3748  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   3749  1.1.1.2  christos 				struct bfd_link_info *info)
   3750  1.1.1.2  christos {
   3751  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_cris_link_hash_table * htab;
   3752      1.1     skrll   bfd *dynobj;
   3753      1.1     skrll   asection *s;
   3754      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean plt;
   3755      1.1     skrll   bfd_boolean relocs;
   3756      1.1     skrll 
   3757      1.1     skrll   htab = elf_cris_hash_table (info);
   3758      1.1     skrll   if (htab == NULL)
   3759      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   3760  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3761      1.1     skrll   dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   3762      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   3763      1.1     skrll 
   3764      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3765      1.1     skrll     {
   3766      1.1     skrll       /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
   3767      1.1     skrll       if (info->executable)
   3768      1.1     skrll 	{
   3769  1.1.1.2  christos 	  s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
   3770  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
   3771      1.1     skrll 	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3772      1.1     skrll 	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
   3773      1.1     skrll 	}
   3774      1.1     skrll     }
   3775      1.1     skrll   else
   3776      1.1     skrll     {
   3777  1.1.1.3  christos       /* Adjust all expected GOTPLT uses to use a GOT entry instead.  */
   3778      1.1     skrll       elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab, elf_cris_adjust_gotplt_to_got,
   3779      1.1     skrll 				   info);
   3780      1.1     skrll 
   3781      1.1     skrll       /* We may have created entries in the .rela.got section.
   3782      1.1     skrll 	 However, if we are not creating the dynamic sections, we will
   3783      1.1     skrll 	 not actually use these entries.  Reset the size of .rela.got,
   3784      1.1     skrll 	 which will cause it to get stripped from the output file
   3785      1.1     skrll 	 below.  */
   3786      1.1     skrll       s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   3787      1.1     skrll       if (s != NULL)
   3788      1.1     skrll 	s->size = 0;
   3789      1.1     skrll     }
   3790  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3791      1.1     skrll   /* If this is a -Bsymbolic shared link, then we need to discard all PC
   3792  1.1.1.2  christos      relative relocs against symbols defined in a regular object.  We
   3793      1.1     skrll      allocated space for them in the check_relocs routine, but we will not
   3794  1.1.1.2  christos      fill them in in the relocate_section routine.  We also discard space
   3795      1.1     skrll      for relocs that have become for local symbols due to symbol
   3796  1.1.1.2  christos      visibility changes.  For programs, we discard space for relocs for
   3797      1.1     skrll      symbols not referenced by any dynamic object.  */
   3798      1.1     skrll   if (info->shared)
   3799      1.1     skrll     elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab,
   3800      1.1     skrll 				 elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics,
   3801      1.1     skrll 				 info);
   3802      1.1     skrll   else
   3803      1.1     skrll     elf_cris_link_hash_traverse (htab,
   3804      1.1     skrll 				 elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics,
   3805      1.1     skrll 				 info);
   3806      1.1     skrll 
   3807      1.1     skrll   /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
   3808      1.1     skrll      determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.  Allocate
   3809      1.1     skrll      memory for them.  */
   3810      1.1     skrll   plt = FALSE;
   3811      1.1     skrll   relocs = FALSE;
   3812      1.1     skrll   for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3813      1.1     skrll     {
   3814      1.1     skrll       const char *name;
   3815      1.1     skrll 
   3816      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
   3817      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3818      1.1     skrll 
   3819  1.1.1.2  christos       /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
   3820  1.1.1.2  christos 	 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files.  */
   3821  1.1.1.2  christos       name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
   3822  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3823  1.1.1.2  christos       if (strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
   3824  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3825  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* Remember whether there is a PLT.  */
   3826  1.1.1.2  christos 	  plt = s->size != 0;
   3827      1.1     skrll 	}
   3828      1.1     skrll       else if (strcmp (name, ".got.plt") == 0)
   3829  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   3830  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The .got.plt contains the .got header as well as the
   3831  1.1.1.2  christos 	     actual .got.plt contents.  The .got header may contain a
   3832  1.1.1.2  christos 	     R_CRIS_DTPMOD entry at index 3.  */
   3833  1.1.1.2  christos 	  s->size += htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   3834      1.1     skrll 	    ? 8 : 0;
   3835      1.1     skrll 	}
   3836      1.1     skrll       else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rela"))
   3837      1.1     skrll 	{
   3838      1.1     skrll 	  if (strcmp (name, ".rela.got") == 0
   3839      1.1     skrll 	      && htab->dtpmod_refcount != 0
   3840      1.1     skrll 	      && info->shared)
   3841      1.1     skrll 	    s->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3842      1.1     skrll 
   3843      1.1     skrll 	  if (s->size != 0)
   3844      1.1     skrll 	    {
   3845      1.1     skrll 	      /* Remember whether there are any reloc sections other
   3846      1.1     skrll                  than .rela.plt.  */
   3847      1.1     skrll 	      if (strcmp (name, ".rela.plt") != 0)
   3848      1.1     skrll 		  relocs = TRUE;
   3849      1.1     skrll 
   3850      1.1     skrll 	      /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
   3851      1.1     skrll 		 to copy relocs into the output file.  */
   3852      1.1     skrll 	      s->reloc_count = 0;
   3853      1.1     skrll 	    }
   3854      1.1     skrll 	}
   3855      1.1     skrll       else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")
   3856      1.1     skrll 	       && strcmp (name, ".dynbss") != 0)
   3857      1.1     skrll 	{
   3858      1.1     skrll 	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
   3859      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3860      1.1     skrll 	}
   3861      1.1     skrll 
   3862      1.1     skrll       if (s->size == 0)
   3863      1.1     skrll 	{
   3864      1.1     skrll 	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
   3865      1.1     skrll 	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
   3866      1.1     skrll 	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
   3867      1.1     skrll 	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
   3868      1.1     skrll 	     before the linker maps input sections to output
   3869      1.1     skrll 	     sections.  The linker does that before
   3870      1.1     skrll 	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
   3871      1.1     skrll 	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
   3872      1.1     skrll 	     into these sections.  */
   3873      1.1     skrll 	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
   3874      1.1     skrll 	  continue;
   3875      1.1     skrll 	}
   3876      1.1     skrll 
   3877      1.1     skrll       if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
   3878      1.1     skrll 	continue;
   3879      1.1     skrll 
   3880      1.1     skrll       /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc here
   3881      1.1     skrll 	 in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the section's
   3882      1.1     skrll 	 contents are written out.  This should not happen, but this way
   3883      1.1     skrll 	 if it does, we will not write out garbage.  For reloc sections,
   3884      1.1     skrll 	 this will make entries have the type R_CRIS_NONE.  */
   3885      1.1     skrll       s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
   3886      1.1     skrll       if (s->contents == NULL)
   3887      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   3888      1.1     skrll     }
   3889      1.1     skrll 
   3890      1.1     skrll   if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   3891      1.1     skrll     {
   3892      1.1     skrll       /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
   3893      1.1     skrll 	 values later, in elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
   3894      1.1     skrll 	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
   3895      1.1     skrll 	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
   3896      1.1     skrll 	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
   3897      1.1     skrll #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
   3898      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
   3899      1.1     skrll 
   3900      1.1     skrll       if (!info->shared)
   3901      1.1     skrll 	{
   3902      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
   3903      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3904      1.1     skrll 	}
   3905      1.1     skrll 
   3906      1.1     skrll       if (plt)
   3907      1.1     skrll 	{
   3908      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
   3909      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
   3910      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
   3911      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
   3912      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3913      1.1     skrll 	}
   3914      1.1     skrll 
   3915      1.1     skrll       if (relocs)
   3916      1.1     skrll 	{
   3917      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
   3918      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
   3919      1.1     skrll 	      || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
   3920      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3921      1.1     skrll 	}
   3922      1.1     skrll 
   3923      1.1     skrll       if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
   3924      1.1     skrll 	{
   3925      1.1     skrll 	  if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
   3926      1.1     skrll 	    return FALSE;
   3927      1.1     skrll 	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3928      1.1     skrll 	}
   3929      1.1     skrll     }
   3930      1.1     skrll #undef add_dynamic_entry
   3931      1.1     skrll 
   3932      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   3933      1.1     skrll }
   3934      1.1     skrll 
   3935      1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_cris_link_hash_traverse if we are
   3936  1.1.1.3  christos    creating a shared object.  In the -Bsymbolic case, it discards the
   3937  1.1.1.3  christos    space allocated to copy PC relative relocs against symbols which
   3938      1.1     skrll    are defined in regular objects.  For the normal non-symbolic case,
   3939      1.1     skrll    we also discard space for relocs that have become local due to
   3940      1.1     skrll    symbol visibility changes.  We allocated space for them in the
   3941      1.1     skrll    check_relocs routine, but we won't fill them in in the
   3942      1.1     skrll    relocate_section routine.  */
   3943      1.1     skrll 
   3944      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   3945      1.1     skrll elf_cris_discard_excess_dso_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h,
   3946      1.1     skrll 				      void * inf)
   3947      1.1     skrll {
   3948      1.1     skrll   struct elf_cris_pcrel_relocs_copied *s;
   3949      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   3950  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3951  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If a symbol has been forced local or we have found a regular
   3952  1.1.1.2  christos      definition for the symbolic link case, then we won't be needing
   3953  1.1.1.2  christos      any relocs.  */
   3954  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h->root.def_regular
   3955  1.1.1.2  christos       && (h->root.forced_local
   3956  1.1.1.2  christos 	  || info->symbolic))
   3957  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   3958  1.1.1.2  christos       for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3959      1.1     skrll 	{
   3960      1.1     skrll 	  asection *sreloc
   3961  1.1.1.2  christos 	    = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (elf_hash_table (info)
   3962  1.1.1.2  christos 						  ->dynobj,
   3963  1.1.1.2  christos 						  s->section,
   3964  1.1.1.2  christos 						  /*rela?*/ TRUE);
   3965  1.1.1.2  christos 	  sreloc->size -= s->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   3966  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   3967  1.1.1.2  christos       return TRUE;
   3968  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   3969  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3970  1.1.1.2  christos   /* If we have accounted for PC-relative relocs for read-only
   3971  1.1.1.2  christos      sections, now is the time to warn for them.  We can't do it in
   3972  1.1.1.2  christos      cris_elf_check_relocs, because we don't know the status of all
   3973  1.1.1.2  christos      symbols at that time (and it's common to force symbols local
   3974  1.1.1.2  christos      late).  */
   3975  1.1.1.2  christos 
   3976  1.1.1.2  christos   for (s = h->pcrel_relocs_copied; s != NULL; s = s->next)
   3977  1.1.1.2  christos     if ((s->section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
   3978  1.1.1.2  christos       {
   3979  1.1.1.2  christos 	/* FIXME: How do we make this optionally a warning only?  */
   3980  1.1.1.2  christos 	(*_bfd_error_handler)
   3981  1.1.1.2  christos 	  (_("%B, section `%A', to symbol `%s':\n"
   3982  1.1.1.2  christos 	     "  relocation %s should not be used"
   3983      1.1     skrll 	     " in a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
   3984      1.1     skrll 	   s->section->owner,
   3985      1.1     skrll 	   s->section,
   3986      1.1     skrll 	   h->root.root.root.string,
   3987      1.1     skrll 	   cris_elf_howto_table[s->r_type].name);
   3988      1.1     skrll 
   3989      1.1     skrll 	info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
   3990      1.1     skrll       }
   3991  1.1.1.3  christos 
   3992  1.1.1.3  christos   return TRUE;
   3993      1.1     skrll }
   3994      1.1     skrll 
   3995      1.1     skrll /* This function is called via elf_cris_link_hash_traverse if we are *not*
   3996      1.1     skrll    creating a shared object.  We discard space for relocs for symbols put
   3997      1.1     skrll    in the .got, but which we found we do not have to resolve at run-time.  */
   3998      1.1     skrll 
   3999      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4000      1.1     skrll elf_cris_discard_excess_program_dynamics (struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *h,
   4001      1.1     skrll 					  void * inf)
   4002      1.1     skrll {
   4003      1.1     skrll   struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
   4004  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4005      1.1     skrll   /* If we're not creating a shared library and have a symbol which is
   4006      1.1     skrll      referred to by .got references, but the symbol is defined locally,
   4007      1.1     skrll      (or rather, not defined by a DSO) then lose the reloc for the .got
   4008      1.1     skrll      (don't allocate room for it).  Likewise for relocs for something
   4009      1.1     skrll      for which we create a PLT.  */
   4010      1.1     skrll   if (!h->root.def_dynamic
   4011      1.1     skrll       || h->root.plt.refcount > 0)
   4012      1.1     skrll     {
   4013      1.1     skrll       if (h->reg_got_refcount > 0
   4014      1.1     skrll 	  /* The size of this section is only valid and in sync with the
   4015  1.1.1.3  christos 	     various reference counts if we do dynamic; don't decrement it
   4016      1.1     skrll 	     otherwise.  */
   4017      1.1     skrll 	  && elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
   4018      1.1     skrll 	{
   4019      1.1     skrll 	  bfd *dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
   4020      1.1     skrll 	  asection *srelgot;
   4021      1.1     skrll 
   4022      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
   4023      1.1     skrll 
   4024      1.1     skrll 	  srelgot = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".rela.got");
   4025      1.1     skrll 
   4026      1.1     skrll 	  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
   4027      1.1     skrll 
   4028      1.1     skrll 	  srelgot->size -= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
   4029      1.1     skrll 	}
   4030      1.1     skrll 
   4031      1.1     skrll       /* If the locally-defined symbol isn't used by a DSO, then we don't
   4032      1.1     skrll 	 have to export it as a dynamic symbol.  This was already done for
   4033      1.1     skrll 	 functions; doing this for all symbols would presumably not
   4034      1.1     skrll 	 introduce new problems.  Of course we don't do this if we're
   4035      1.1     skrll 	 exporting all dynamic symbols.  */
   4036      1.1     skrll       if (! info->export_dynamic
   4037      1.1     skrll 	  && h->root.dynindx != -1
   4038      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.def_dynamic
   4039      1.1     skrll 	  && !h->root.ref_dynamic)
   4040      1.1     skrll 	{
   4041      1.1     skrll 	  h->root.dynindx = -1;
   4042      1.1     skrll 	  _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr,
   4043      1.1     skrll 				  h->root.dynstr_index);
   4044      1.1     skrll 	}
   4045  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4046      1.1     skrll 
   4047      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4048      1.1     skrll }
   4049      1.1     skrll 
   4050      1.1     skrll /* Reject a file depending on presence and expectation of prefixed
   4051      1.1     skrll    underscores on symbols.  */
   4052      1.1     skrll 
   4053      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4054      1.1     skrll cris_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
   4055      1.1     skrll {
   4056      1.1     skrll   if (! cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd, elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags))
   4057      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   4058      1.1     skrll 
   4059      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE))
   4060  1.1.1.3  christos     return (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_');
   4061  1.1.1.3  christos   else
   4062      1.1     skrll     return (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == 0);
   4063      1.1     skrll }
   4064      1.1     skrll 
   4065      1.1     skrll /* Mark presence or absence of leading underscore.  Set machine type
   4066      1.1     skrll    flags from mach type.  */
   4067      1.1     skrll 
   4068      1.1     skrll static void
   4069      1.1     skrll cris_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
   4070      1.1     skrll 				 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
   4071      1.1     skrll {
   4072      1.1     skrll   unsigned long e_flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
   4073      1.1     skrll 
   4074      1.1     skrll   e_flags &= ~EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE;
   4075      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (abfd) == '_')
   4076      1.1     skrll     e_flags |= EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE;
   4077      1.1     skrll 
   4078      1.1     skrll   switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
   4079      1.1     skrll     {
   4080      1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v0_v10:
   4081      1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_ANY_V0_V10;
   4082      1.1     skrll       break;
   4083      1.1     skrll 
   4084      1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32:
   4085      1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32;
   4086      1.1     skrll       break;
   4087      1.1     skrll 
   4088      1.1     skrll     case bfd_mach_cris_v32:
   4089      1.1     skrll       e_flags |= EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32;
   4090      1.1     skrll       break;
   4091      1.1     skrll 
   4092      1.1     skrll     default:
   4093      1.1     skrll       _bfd_abort (__FILE__, __LINE__,
   4094  1.1.1.3  christos 		  _("Unexpected machine number"));
   4095  1.1.1.3  christos     }
   4096      1.1     skrll 
   4097      1.1     skrll   elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = e_flags;
   4098      1.1     skrll }
   4099      1.1     skrll 
   4100      1.1     skrll /* Set the mach type from e_flags value.  */
   4101      1.1     skrll 
   4102      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4103      1.1     skrll cris_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd,
   4104      1.1     skrll 			      unsigned long flags)
   4105      1.1     skrll {
   4106      1.1     skrll   switch (flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   4107      1.1     skrll     {
   4108      1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_ANY_V0_V10:
   4109      1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v0_v10);
   4110      1.1     skrll       break;
   4111      1.1     skrll 
   4112      1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32:
   4113      1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v32);
   4114      1.1     skrll       break;
   4115      1.1     skrll 
   4116      1.1     skrll     case EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32:
   4117      1.1     skrll       bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32);
   4118      1.1     skrll       break;
   4119      1.1     skrll 
   4120      1.1     skrll     default:
   4121      1.1     skrll       /* Since we don't recognize them, we obviously can't support them
   4122      1.1     skrll 	 with this code; we'd have to require that all future handling
   4123      1.1     skrll 	 would be optional.  */
   4124      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
   4125  1.1.1.3  christos       return FALSE;
   4126      1.1     skrll     }
   4127      1.1     skrll 
   4128      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4129      1.1     skrll }
   4130      1.1     skrll 
   4131      1.1     skrll /* Display the flags field.  */
   4132      1.1     skrll 
   4133      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4134      1.1     skrll cris_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void * ptr)
   4135      1.1     skrll {
   4136      1.1     skrll   FILE *file = (FILE *) ptr;
   4137      1.1     skrll 
   4138      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
   4139      1.1     skrll 
   4140      1.1     skrll   _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
   4141      1.1     skrll 
   4142      1.1     skrll   fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
   4143      1.1     skrll 
   4144      1.1     skrll   if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_UNDERSCORE)
   4145      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, _(" [symbols have a _ prefix]"));
   4146      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   4147      1.1     skrll       == EF_CRIS_VARIANT_COMMON_V10_V32)
   4148      1.1     skrll     fprintf (file, _(" [v10 and v32]"));
   4149      1.1     skrll   if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_CRIS_VARIANT_MASK)
   4150      1.1     skrll       == EF_CRIS_VARIANT_V32)
   4151  1.1.1.3  christos     fprintf (file, _(" [v32]"));
   4152      1.1     skrll 
   4153      1.1     skrll   fputc ('\n', file);
   4154      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4155      1.1     skrll }
   4156      1.1     skrll 
   4157      1.1     skrll /* Don't mix files with and without a leading underscore.  */
   4158      1.1     skrll 
   4159      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4160      1.1     skrll cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4161      1.1     skrll {
   4162      1.1     skrll   int imach, omach;
   4163      1.1     skrll 
   4164      1.1     skrll   if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
   4165      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   4166      1.1     skrll 
   4167      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   4168      1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   4169      1.1     skrll     return TRUE;
   4170      1.1     skrll 
   4171      1.1     skrll   imach = bfd_get_mach (ibfd);
   4172      1.1     skrll 
   4173      1.1     skrll   if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
   4174      1.1     skrll     {
   4175      1.1     skrll       /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
   4176      1.1     skrll       elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
   4177      1.1     skrll 
   4178      1.1     skrll       /* We ignore the linker-set mach, and instead set it according to
   4179      1.1     skrll 	 the first input file.  This would also happen if we could
   4180      1.1     skrll 	 somehow filter out the OUTPUT_ARCH () setting from elf.sc.
   4181      1.1     skrll 	 This allows us to keep the same linker config across
   4182      1.1     skrll 	 cris(v0..v10) and crisv32.  The drawback is that we can't force
   4183      1.1     skrll 	 the output type, which might be a sane thing to do for a
   4184      1.1     skrll 	 v10+v32 compatibility object.  */
   4185      1.1     skrll       if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, imach))
   4186      1.1     skrll 	return FALSE;
   4187      1.1     skrll     }
   4188      1.1     skrll 
   4189      1.1     skrll   if (bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (ibfd)
   4190      1.1     skrll       != bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (obfd))
   4191      1.1     skrll     {
   4192      1.1     skrll       (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4193      1.1     skrll 	(bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (ibfd) == '_'
   4194      1.1     skrll 	 ? _("%B: uses _-prefixed symbols, but writing file with non-prefixed symbols")
   4195      1.1     skrll 	 : _("%B: uses non-prefixed symbols, but writing file with _-prefixed symbols"),
   4196      1.1     skrll 	 ibfd);
   4197      1.1     skrll       bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4198      1.1     skrll       return FALSE;
   4199      1.1     skrll     }
   4200      1.1     skrll 
   4201      1.1     skrll   omach = bfd_get_mach (obfd);
   4202      1.1     skrll 
   4203      1.1     skrll   if (imach != omach)
   4204      1.1     skrll     {
   4205      1.1     skrll       /* We can get an incompatible combination only if either is
   4206      1.1     skrll 	 bfd_mach_cris_v32, and the other one isn't compatible.  */
   4207      1.1     skrll       if ((imach == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   4208      1.1     skrll 	   && omach != bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32)
   4209      1.1     skrll 	  || (omach == bfd_mach_cris_v32
   4210      1.1     skrll 	      && imach != bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32))
   4211      1.1     skrll 	{
   4212      1.1     skrll 	  (*_bfd_error_handler)
   4213      1.1     skrll 	    ((imach == bfd_mach_cris_v32)
   4214      1.1     skrll 	     ? _("%B contains CRIS v32 code, incompatible"
   4215      1.1     skrll 		 " with previous objects")
   4216      1.1     skrll 	     : _("%B contains non-CRIS-v32 code, incompatible"
   4217      1.1     skrll 		 " with previous objects"),
   4218      1.1     skrll 	     ibfd);
   4219      1.1     skrll 	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
   4220      1.1     skrll 	  return FALSE;
   4221      1.1     skrll 	}
   4222      1.1     skrll 
   4223      1.1     skrll       /* We don't have to check the case where the input is compatible
   4224      1.1     skrll 	 with v10 and v32, because the output is already known to be set
   4225      1.1     skrll 	 to the other (compatible) mach.  */
   4226      1.1     skrll       if (omach == bfd_mach_cris_v10_v32
   4227      1.1     skrll 	  && ! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, imach))
   4228  1.1.1.3  christos 	return FALSE;
   4229      1.1     skrll     }
   4230      1.1     skrll 
   4231      1.1     skrll   return TRUE;
   4232      1.1     skrll }
   4233      1.1     skrll 
   4234      1.1     skrll /* Do side-effects of e_flags copying to obfd.  */
   4235      1.1     skrll 
   4236      1.1     skrll static bfd_boolean
   4237      1.1     skrll cris_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
   4238      1.1     skrll {
   4239      1.1     skrll   /* Call the base function.  */
   4240      1.1     skrll   if (!_bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
   4241      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   4242      1.1     skrll 
   4243      1.1     skrll   /* If output is big-endian for some obscure reason, stop here.  */
   4244      1.1     skrll   if (_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd) == FALSE)
   4245      1.1     skrll     return FALSE;
   4246      1.1     skrll 
   4247  1.1.1.3  christos   if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
   4248      1.1     skrll       || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
   4249  1.1.1.2  christos     return TRUE;
   4250  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4251      1.1     skrll   /* Do what we really came here for.  */
   4252      1.1     skrll   return bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_arch_cris, bfd_get_mach (ibfd));
   4253      1.1     skrll }
   4254      1.1     skrll 
   4255      1.1     skrll static enum elf_reloc_type_class
   4256      1.1     skrll elf_cris_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
   4257      1.1     skrll {
   4258      1.1     skrll   enum elf_cris_reloc_type r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info);
   4259      1.1     skrll   switch (r_type)
   4260      1.1     skrll     {
   4261      1.1     skrll     case R_CRIS_RELATIVE:
   4262  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_relative;
   4263  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_CRIS_JUMP_SLOT:
   4264  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_plt;
   4265  1.1.1.2  christos     case R_CRIS_COPY:
   4266  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_copy;
   4267  1.1.1.2  christos     default:
   4268  1.1.1.2  christos       return reloc_class_normal;
   4269  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4270  1.1.1.2  christos }
   4271  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4272  1.1.1.2  christos /* The elf_backend_got_elt_size worker.  For one symbol, we can have up to
   4273  1.1.1.2  christos    two GOT entries from three types with two different sizes.  We handle
   4274  1.1.1.2  christos    it as a single entry, so we can use the regular offset-calculation
   4275  1.1.1.2  christos    machinery.  */
   4276  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4277  1.1.1.2  christos static bfd_vma
   4278  1.1.1.2  christos elf_cris_got_elt_size (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4279  1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
   4280  1.1.1.2  christos 		       struct elf_link_hash_entry *hr,
   4281  1.1.1.2  christos 		       bfd *ibfd,
   4282  1.1.1.2  christos 		       unsigned long symndx)
   4283  1.1.1.2  christos {
   4284  1.1.1.2  christos   struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) hr;
   4285  1.1.1.2  christos   bfd_vma eltsiz = 0;
   4286  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4287  1.1.1.2  christos   /* We may have one regular GOT entry or up to two TLS GOT
   4288  1.1.1.2  christos      entries.  */
   4289  1.1.1.2  christos   if (h == NULL)
   4290  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4291  1.1.1.2  christos       Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->symtab_hdr;
   4292  1.1.1.2  christos       bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
   4293  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4294  1.1.1.2  christos       BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts != NULL);
   4295  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4296  1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_REG_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4297  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4298  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* We can't have a variable referred to both as a regular
   4299  1.1.1.2  christos 	     variable and through TLS relocs.  */
   4300  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (symndx)] == 0
   4301  1.1.1.2  christos 		      && local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (symndx)] == 0);
   4302  1.1.1.2  christos 	  return 4;
   4303  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4304  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4305  1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_DTP_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4306  1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 8;
   4307  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4308  1.1.1.2  christos       if (local_got_refcounts[LGOT_TPREL_NDX (symndx)] > 0)
   4309  1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 4;
   4310  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4311  1.1.1.2  christos   else
   4312  1.1.1.2  christos     {
   4313  1.1.1.2  christos       struct elf_cris_link_hash_entry *hh = elf_cris_hash_entry (h);
   4314  1.1.1.2  christos       if (hh->reg_got_refcount > 0)
   4315  1.1.1.2  christos 	{
   4316  1.1.1.2  christos 	  /* The actual error-on-input is emitted elsewhere.  */
   4317  1.1.1.2  christos 	  BFD_ASSERT (hh->dtp_refcount == 0 && hh->tprel_refcount == 0);
   4318  1.1.1.2  christos 	  return 4;
   4319  1.1.1.2  christos 	}
   4320  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4321  1.1.1.2  christos       if (hh->dtp_refcount > 0)
   4322  1.1.1.2  christos 	eltsiz += 8;
   4323  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4324      1.1     skrll       if (hh->tprel_refcount > 0)
   4325      1.1     skrll 	eltsiz += 4;
   4326  1.1.1.2  christos     }
   4327      1.1     skrll 
   4328      1.1     skrll   /* We're only called when h->got.refcount is non-zero, so we must
   4329      1.1     skrll      have a non-zero size.  */
   4330      1.1     skrll   BFD_ASSERT (eltsiz != 0);
   4331      1.1     skrll   return eltsiz;
   4332      1.1     skrll }
   4333      1.1     skrll 
   4334      1.1     skrll #define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_cris
   4336      1.1     skrll #define ELF_TARGET_ID		CRIS_ELF_DATA
   4337      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_CRIS
   4338      1.1     skrll #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x2000
   4339  1.1.1.2  christos 
   4340      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	bfd_elf32_cris_vec
   4341      1.1     skrll #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-cris"
   4342      1.1     skrll #define elf_symbol_leading_char 0
   4343      1.1     skrll 
   4344      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto_rel			NULL
   4345      1.1     skrll #define elf_info_to_howto			cris_info_to_howto_rela
   4346      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_relocate_section		cris_elf_relocate_section
   4347      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook		cris_elf_gc_mark_hook
   4348      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook		cris_elf_gc_sweep_hook
   4349      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val			cris_elf_plt_sym_val
   4350      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_check_relocs                cris_elf_check_relocs
   4351      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus		cris_elf_grok_prstatus
   4352      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo			cris_elf_grok_psinfo
   4353      1.1     skrll 
   4354      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections		1
   4355      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_can_refcount		1
   4356      1.1     skrll 
   4357      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_object_p			cris_elf_object_p
   4358      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
   4359      1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_final_write_processing
   4360      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_print_private_bfd_data \
   4361      1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_print_private_bfd_data
   4362      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
   4363      1.1     skrll 	cris_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
   4364  1.1.1.2  christos #define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
   4365  1.1.1.2  christos 	cris_elf_copy_private_bfd_data
   4366      1.1     skrll 
   4367      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup		cris_reloc_type_lookup
   4368      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup	cris_reloc_name_lookup
   4369      1.1     skrll 
   4370      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
   4371      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_link_hash_table_create
   4372      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
   4373      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_adjust_dynamic_symbol
   4374      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
   4375      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_copy_indirect_symbol
   4376      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
   4377      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_size_dynamic_sections
   4378      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_init_index_section		_bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
   4379      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
   4380      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_finish_dynamic_symbol
   4381      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
   4382      1.1     skrll 	elf_cris_finish_dynamic_sections
   4383      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
   4384  1.1.1.2  christos 	_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
   4385      1.1     skrll #define bfd_elf32_bfd_final_link \
   4386      1.1     skrll 	bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link
   4387      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_hide_symbol			elf_cris_hide_symbol
   4388      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class		elf_cris_reloc_type_class
   4389      1.1     skrll 
   4390      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
   4391      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
   4392      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
   4393      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
   4394      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_got_elt_size elf_cris_got_elt_size
   4395      1.1     skrll 
   4396      1.1     skrll /* Later, we my want to optimize RELA entries into REL entries for dynamic
   4397      1.1     skrll    linking and libraries (if it's a win of any significance).  Until then,
   4398      1.1     skrll    take the easy route.  */
   4399      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_may_use_rel_p 0
   4400      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_may_use_rela_p 1
   4401      1.1     skrll #define elf_backend_rela_normal		1
   4402      1.1     skrll 
   4403      1.1     skrll #include "elf32-target.h"
   4404      1.1     skrll 
   4405      1.1     skrll #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
   4406                    #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
   4407                    #undef elf_symbol_leading_char
   4408                    
   4409                    #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM bfd_elf32_us_cris_vec
   4410                    #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-us-cris"
   4411                    #define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
   4412                    #undef elf32_bed
   4413                    #define elf32_bed elf32_us_cris_bed
   4414                    
   4415                    #include "elf32-target.h"
   4416